WO2003018130A9 - Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with highly maneuverable insertion tool - Google Patents

Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with highly maneuverable insertion tool

Info

Publication number
WO2003018130A9
WO2003018130A9 PCT/IB2002/003525 IB0203525W WO03018130A9 WO 2003018130 A9 WO2003018130 A9 WO 2003018130A9 IB 0203525 W IB0203525 W IB 0203525W WO 03018130 A9 WO03018130 A9 WO 03018130A9
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electrode assembly
lead
lead electrode
coupled
channel guide
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2002/003525
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2003018130A8 (en
WO2003018130A2 (en
WO2003018130A3 (en
Inventor
Gust H Bardy
Riccardo Cappato
William J Rissman
Gary H Sanders
Original Assignee
Cameron Health Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/663,606 external-priority patent/US6647292B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/663,607 external-priority patent/US6721597B1/en
Application filed by Cameron Health Inc filed Critical Cameron Health Inc
Publication of WO2003018130A2 publication Critical patent/WO2003018130A2/en
Publication of WO2003018130A9 publication Critical patent/WO2003018130A9/en
Publication of WO2003018130A8 publication Critical patent/WO2003018130A8/en
Publication of WO2003018130A3 publication Critical patent/WO2003018130A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/372Arrangements in connection with the implantation of stimulators
    • A61N1/375Constructional arrangements, e.g. casings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/372Arrangements in connection with the implantation of stimulators
    • A61N1/375Constructional arrangements, e.g. casings
    • A61N1/37512Pacemakers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/38Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for producing shock effects
    • A61N1/39Heart defibrillators
    • A61N1/3956Implantable devices for applying electric shocks to the heart, e.g. for cardioversion
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/372Arrangements in connection with the implantation of stimulators
    • A61N1/375Constructional arrangements, e.g. casings
    • A61N1/3756Casings with electrodes thereon, e.g. leadless stimulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/38Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for producing shock effects
    • A61N1/39Heart defibrillators
    • A61N1/3906Heart defibrillators characterised by the form of the shockwave
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/38Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for producing shock effects
    • A61N1/39Heart defibrillators
    • A61N1/3968Constructional arrangements, e.g. casings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/38Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for producing shock effects
    • A61N1/39Heart defibrillators
    • A61N1/3975Power supply

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an apparatus and method for performing electrical cardioversion/defib ⁇ llation and optional pacing of the heart via a totally subcutaneous non-transvenous system.
  • Def ⁇ b ⁇ llation/cardioversion is a technique employed to counter arrhythmic heart conditions including some tachycardias in the atria and/or ventricles.
  • electrodes are employed to stimulate the heart with electrical impulses or shocks, of a magnitude substantially greater than pulses used in cardiac pacing
  • Defib ⁇ llation/cardioversion systems include body implantable electrodes and are referred to as implantable cardioverter/defib ⁇ llators (ICDs).
  • ICDs implantable cardioverter/defib ⁇ llators
  • Such electrodes can be in the form of patches applied directly to epicardial tissue, or at the distal end regions of mtravascular catheters, inserted into a selected cardiac chamber U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • ICDs which are small enough to be implanted in the pectoral region.
  • advances m circuit design have enabled the housing of the ICD to form a subcutaneous electrode.
  • ICDs are now an established therapy for the management of life threatening cardiac rhythm disorders, primarily ventricular fibrillation (V-Fib) ICDs are very effective at treating V-Fib, but are therapies that still require significant surgery
  • ICD therapy becomes more prophylactic in nature and used in progressively less ill individuals, especially children at ⁇ sk of cardiac arrest, the requirement of ICD therapy to use intravenous catheters and transvenous leads is an impediment to very long term management as most individuals will begin to develop complications related to lead system malfunction sometime in the 5-10 year time frame, often earlier.
  • chronic transvenous lead systems can damage major cardiovascular venous systems and the t ⁇ cuspid valve, as well as result in life threatening perforations of the great vessels and heart.
  • transvenous lead systems despite their many advantages, are not without their chronic patient management limitations in those with life expectancies of >5 years
  • the problem of lead complications is even greater m children where body growth can substantially alter transvenous lead function and lead to additional cardiovascular problems and revisions
  • transvenous ICD systems also increase cost and require specialized interventional rooms and equipment as well as special skill for insertion. These systems are typically implanted by cardiac electrophysiologists who have had a great deal of extra training.
  • AED automatic external defibrillator
  • AEDs employ the use of cutaneous patch electrodes to effect defib ⁇ llation under the direction of a bystander user who treats the patient suffering from V-Fib AEDs can be as effective as an ICD if applied to the victim promptly withm 2 to 3 minutes
  • AED therapy has great appeal as a tool for diminishing the risk of death in public venues such as in air flight
  • an AED must be used by another individual, not the person suffering from the potential fatal rhythm It is more of a public health tool than a patient-specific tool like an ICD Because >75% of cardiac arrests occur in the home, and over half occur in the bedroom, patients at risk of cardiac arrest are often alone or asleep and can not be helped in time with an AED.
  • its success depends to a reasonable degree on an acceptable level of skill and calm by the bystander user
  • One embodiment of the present invention provides a lead electrode assembly for subcutaneous implantation including an electrode; at least two channel guides coupled to the electrode for positioning the lead electrode assembly
  • FIG 1 is a schematic view of a Subcutaneous ICD (S-ICD) of the present invention
  • EIG 2 is a schematic view of an alternate embodiment of a subcutaneous electrode of the present invention.
  • FIG 3 is a schematic view of an alternate embodiment of a subcutaneous electrode of the present invention
  • FIG 4 is a schematic view of the S-ICD and lead of FIG. 1 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient;
  • FIG 5 is a schematic view of the S-ICD and lead of FIG 2 subcutaneously implanted in an alternate location within the thorax of a patient;
  • FIG 6 is a schematic view of the S-ICD and lead of FIG. 3 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient;
  • FIG 7 is a schematic view of the method of making a subcutaneous path from the preferred incision and housing implantation point to a termination point for locating a subcutaneous electrode of the present invention
  • FIG 8 is a schematic view of an introducer set for performing the method of lead insertion of any of the desc ⁇ bed embodiments
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic view of an alternative S-ICD of the present invention illustrating a lead subcutaneously and serpigmously implanted in the thorax of a patient for use particularly in children,
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic view of an alternate embodiment of an S-ICD of the present invention
  • FIG 11 is a schematic view of the S-ICD of FIG 10 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic view of yet a further embodiment where the canister of the S-ICD of the present invention is shaped to be particularly useful m placing subcutaneously adjacent and parallel to a ⁇ b of a patient, and
  • FIG 13 is a schematic of a different embodiment where the canister of the S-ICD of the present invention is shaped to be particularly useful in placing subcutaneously adjacent and parallel to a ⁇ b of a patient.
  • FIG 14 is a schematic view of a Unitary Subcutaneous ICD (US-ICD) of the present invention
  • FIG 15 is a schematic view of the US-ICD subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient
  • FIG 16 is a schematic view of the method of making a subcutaneous path from the preferred incision for implanting the US-ICD
  • FIG 17 is a schematic view of an introducer for performing the method of US-ICD implantation
  • FIG 18 is an exploded schematic view of an alternate embodiment of the present invention with a plug-m portion that contains operational circuitry and means for generating cardioversion/defibrillation shock waves
  • FIG 14(a) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin
  • FIG 14(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin
  • FIG 14(c) is a side plan view of a section of the lead in an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly
  • FIG 14(d) is a cross-sectional view of a filar in the lead in an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly
  • FIG 14(e) is a cross-sectional view of the lead fastener of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly
  • FIG 14(f) is an exploded view of the lead fastener of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly
  • FIG 15(a) is a cross-sectional front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin
  • FIG 15(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin
  • FIG 16(a) is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin
  • FIG 17(a) is a cross-sectional side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover
  • FIG 17(b) is a cross-sectional side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin that is slope-shaped and a molded cover;
  • FIG 17(c) is cross-sectional front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover;
  • FIG 17(d) is an exploded top plan view of the lead fastener in an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover;
  • FIG 17(e) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin and a molded cover;
  • FIG 17(f) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover
  • FIG 17(g) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover
  • FIG 18(a) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with an elongated top-mounted fin and a molded cover;
  • FIG 18(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with an elongated top-mounted fin and a molded cover,
  • FIG 18(c) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with an elongated top-mounted fin and a molded cover,
  • FIG 19 is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly demonstrating the curvature of the electrode
  • FIG 20(a) is a top plan view of the backing layer and electrode of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side-mounted fin;
  • FIG 20(b) is a side plan view of the backing layer and electrode of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side-mounted fin;
  • FIG 20(c) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side- mounted fin
  • FIG 20(d) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side- mounted fin with a slope-shape
  • FIG. 21 (a) is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted loop
  • FIG 21(b) is a cross-sectional rear plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted loop
  • FIG 21(c) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted loop
  • FIG 22(a) is a top plan view of a backing layer for use m an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of the backing layer,
  • FIG 22(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of the backing layer
  • FIG 22(c) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of the backing layer
  • FIG 22(d) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top mounted fin formed as part of a backing layer
  • FIG 22(e) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top mounted fin formed as part of a two-piece backing layer,
  • FIG 22(f) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of a two-piece backing layer,
  • FIG 23(a) is a front plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly of FIG 22(e) and (f) in an upright position
  • FIG 23(b) is a front plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly of FIG 22(e) and (f) illustrating the ability of the fin to fold
  • FIG 24(a) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted tube formed as part of a backing layer
  • FIG 24(b) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted tube formed as part of a backing layer
  • FIG 24(c) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted tube formed as part of a backing layer
  • FIG 25(a) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin connected with flexible joining material in an upright position
  • FIG 25(b) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin connected with flexible joining material in a folded position
  • FIG 25(c) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin connected with flexible joining material in an upright position
  • FIG 26 is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly in which the appendage is a cylindrical tube
  • FIG 27 is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly in which the appendage is a tube with a substantially triangular cross section
  • FIGS. 28(a)-(d) are top plan views of embodiments of lead electrode assemblies illustrating shapes of the electrode and the lines of the lead
  • FIGS. 28(e)-(h) are bottom plan views of embodiments of lead electrode assemblies illustrating shapes of the electrode;
  • FIG 29 is a perspective view of a custom hemostat for lead electrode assembly implantation
  • FIG 30(a) is a perspective view of a patient's ⁇ bcage showing the o ⁇ entation of the components m an implanted S-ICD system
  • FIG. 30(b) is a cross-sectional side plan view of a patient's rib cage, skin, fat and the lead of the lead electrode assembly
  • FIG. 31 is a front plan view illustrating the incision point for the surgery to implant the lead electrode assembly
  • FIG 32(a) is a cross-sectional bottom plan view of a patient along line 32(a) of FIG 31 illustrating the creation of a subcutaneous path for implantation of the lead electrode assembly of an S- ICD system;
  • FIG. 32(b) is a perspective view of a lead electrode assembly captured by a custom hemostat
  • FIG. 32(c) is a cross-sectional bottom plan view of a patient along line 32(a) of FIG. 31 illustrating the implantation of a lead electrode assembly via the subcutaneous path;
  • FIG. 32(d) is a top view of a lead electrode assembly captured by a custom hemostat;
  • FIG. 33(a) is a perspective view of a rail of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly
  • FIG. 33(b) is a cross-sectional front plan view of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly where the appendage is a rail;
  • FIG. 33(c) is a top plan view of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly where the appendage is a rail;
  • FIG. 34 is a top view of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly where the appendage is a rail;
  • FIG. 35(a) is a perspective view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork
  • FIG. 35(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork
  • FIG. 35(c) is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork;
  • FIG. 35(d) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly having a rail captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork,
  • FIG. 36(a) is a cross-sectional side plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket
  • FIG. 36(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket
  • FIG 36(c) is a cross-sectional side plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket and a fin
  • FIG 37(a) is a bottom plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket
  • FIG. 37(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket
  • FIG 38(a) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a paddle
  • FIG 38(b) is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a paddle
  • FIG 38(c) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a paddle
  • FIG 39(a) is a cross-sectional rear plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a first channel guide and a second channel guide;
  • FIG 39(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a first channel guide and a second channel guide;
  • FIG 40(a) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a channel guide fork
  • FIG 40(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a first channel guide and a second channel guide captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a channel guide fork;
  • FIG 41(a) is a perspective view of a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defib ⁇ llator kit; and FIG 41(b) is a perspective view of a hemostat illustrating the length measurement.
  • the S-ICD consists of an electrically active canister 11 and a subcutaneous electrode 13 attached to the canister.
  • the canister has an electrically active surface 15 that is electrically insulated from the electrode connector block 17 and the canister housing 16 via insulating area 14
  • the canister can be similar to numerous electrically active canisters commercially available in that the canister will contain a battery supply, capacitor and operational circuitry.
  • the canister can be thin and elongated to conform to the intercostal space
  • the circuitry will be able to monitor cardiac rhythms for tachycardia and fibrillation, and if detected, will initiate charging the capacitor and then delivering cardioversion /defibnllation energy through the active surface of the housing and to the subcutaneous electrode Examples of such circuitry are described in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • the canister circuitry can provide cardioversion/ defibnllation energy in different types of waveforms
  • a 100 uF biphasic waveform is used of approximately 10-20 ms total duration and with the initial phase containing approximately 2/3 of the energy, however, any type of waveform can be utilized such as monophasic, biphasic, mult ⁇ hasic or alternative waveforms as is known m the art
  • the circuitry can also provide transthoracic cardiac pacing energy.
  • the optional circuitry will be able to monitor the heart for bradycardia and/or tachycardia rhythms.
  • Pacing stimuli will be biphasic in the preferred embodiment and similar in pulse amplitude to that used for conventional transthoracic pacing
  • This same circuitry can also be used to deliver low amplitude shocks on the T-wave for induction of ventricular fibrillation for testing S-ICD performance in treating V-Fib as is described in U S Patent No. 5,129,392, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference
  • the circuitry can be provided with rapid induction of ventricular fibrillation or ventricular tachycardia using rapid ventricular pacing
  • Another optional way for inducing ventricular fibrillation would be to provide a continuous low voltage, l e., about 3 volts, across the heart during the entire cardiac cycle.
  • the operational circuitry can detect the presence of atnal fibrillation as described in Olson, W. et al. "Onset And Stability For Ventricular Tachyarrhythmia Detection in an Implantable Cardioverter and Defibrillator," Computers m Cardiology (1986) pp. 167-170. Detection can be provided via R-R Cycle length instability detection algorithms. Once atnal fib ⁇ llation has been detected, the operational circuitry will then provide QRS synchronized atnal defib ⁇ llation/cardioversion using the same shock energy and waveshape characteristics used for ventricular defibnllation/ cardioversion.
  • the sensing circuitry will utilize the electronic signals generated from the heart and will primarily detect QRS waves In one embodiment, the circuitry will be programmed to detect only ventricular tachycardias or fibrillations.
  • the detection circuitry will utilize in its most direct form, a rate detection algorithm that triggers charging of the capacitor once the ventricular rate exceeds some predetermined level for a fixed period of time for example, if the ventricular rate exceeds 240 bpm on average for more than 4 seconds Once the capacitor is charged, a confirmatory rhythm check would ensure that the rate persists for at least another 1 second before discharge Similarly, termination algorithms could be instituted that ensure that a rhythm less than 240 bpm persisting for at least 4 seconds before the capacitor charge is drained to an internal resistor.
  • Detection, confirmation and termination algorithms as are described above and in the art can be modulated to increase sensitivity and specificity by examining QRS beat-to-beat uniformity, QRS signal frequency content, R-R interval stability data, and signal amplitude charactenstics all or part of which can be used to increase or decrease both sensitivity and specificity of S-ICD arrhythmia detection function.
  • the sense circuitry can check for the presence or the absence of respiration.
  • the respiration rate can be detected by monitoring the impedance across the thorax using subthreshold currents delivered across the active can and the high voltage subcutaneous lead electrode and monitoring the frequency in undulation in the waveform that results from the undulations of transthoracic impedance during the respiratory cycle. If there is no undulation, then the patent is not respiring and this lack of respiration can be used to confirm the QRS findings of cardiac arrest.
  • the same technique can be used to provide information about the respiratory rate or estimate cardiac output as described in U.S Patent Nos. 6,095,987, 5,423,326, 4,450,527, the entire disclosures of which are inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • the canister of the present invention can be made out of titanium alloy or other presently preferred electrically active canister designs. However, it is contemplated that a malleable canister that can conform to the curvature of the patient's chest will be preferred In this way the patient can have a comfortable canister that conforms to the shape of the patient's rib cage. Examples of conforming canisters are provided in U.S. Patent No. 5,645,586, the entire disclosure of which is herein inco ⁇ orated by reference. Therefore, the canister can be made out of numerous materials such as medical grade plastics, metals, and alloys. In the preferred embodiment, the canister is smaller than 60 cc volume having a weight of less than 100 gms for long term wearability, especially in children.
  • the canister and the lead of the S-ICD can also use fractal or wrinkled surfaces to increase surface area to improve defibnllation capability. Because of the primary prevention role of the therapy and the likely need to reach energies over 40 Joules, a feature of the preferred embodiment is that the charge time for the therapy, intentionally e relatively long to allow capacitor charging withm the limitations of device size. Examples of small ICD housings are disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 5,597,956 and 5,405,363, the entire disclosures of which are herein inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • the lead 21 for the subcutaneous electrode is preferably composed of sihcone or polyurethane insulation.
  • the electrode is connected to the canister at its proximal end via connection port 19 which is located on an electrically insulated area 17 of the canister.
  • the electrode illustrated is a composite electrode with three different electrodes attached to the lead.
  • an optional anchor segment 52 is attached at the most distal end of the subcutaneous electrode for anchoring the electrode into soft tissue such that the electrode does not dislodge after implantation.
  • the most distal electrode on the composite subcutaneous electrode is a coil electrode 27 that is used for delivering the high voltage cardioversion/ defibnllation energy across the heart.
  • the coil cardioversion/defib ⁇ llation electrode is about 5-10 cm in length.
  • Proximal to the coil electrode are two sense electrodes, a first sense electrode 25 is located proximally to the coil electrode and a second sense electrode 23 is located proximally to the first sense electrode.
  • the sense electrodes are spaced far enough apart to be able to have good QRS detection. This spacing can range from 1 to 10 cm with 4 cm being presently preferred.
  • the electrodes may or may not be circumferential with the preferred embodiment.
  • the sensing electrodes are electrically isolated from the cardioversion defibrillation electrode via insulating areas 29 Similar types of cardioversion defibrillation electrodes are currently commercially available in a transvenous configuration.
  • U S. Patent No. 5,534,022 the entire disclosure of which is herein inco ⁇ orated by reference, disclosures a composite electrode with a coil cardioversion defibrillation electrode and sense electrodes. Modifications to this arrangement is contemplated within the scope of the invention. One such modification is illustrated in FIG.
  • FIG 3 illustrates yet a further embodiment where the two sensing electrodes are located at the distal end to the composite electrode with the coil electrode located proximally thereto
  • the sensing of QRS waves can be carried out via sense electrodes on the canister housing or in combination with the cardioversion defibrillation coil electrode and/or the subcutaneous lead sensing electrode(s). In this way, sensing could be performed via the one coil electrode located on the subcutaneous electrode and the active surface on the canister housing. Another possibility would be to have only one sense electrode located on the subcutaneous electrode and the sensing would be performed by that one electrode and either the coil electrode on the subcutaneous electrode or by the active surface of the canister.
  • sensing electrodes on the canister would eliminate the need for sensing electrodes on the subcutaneous electrode It is also contemplated that the subcutaneous electrode would be provided with at least one sense electrode, the canister with at least one sense electrode, and if multiple sense electrodes are used on either the subcutaneous electrode and/or the canister, that the best QRS wave detection combination will be identified when the S-ICD is implanted and this combination can be selected, activating the best sensing arrangement from all the existing sensing possibilities.
  • two sensing electrodes 26 and 28 are located on the electrically active surface 15 with electrical insulator rings 30 placed between the sense electrodes and the active surface.
  • canister sense electrodes could be switched off and electrically insulated during and shortly after defibnllation/ cardioversion shock delivery
  • the canister sense electrodes may also be placed on the electrically inactive surface of the canister In the embodiment of FIG 2, there are actually four sensing electrodes, two on the subcutaneous lead and two on the canister
  • the ability to change which electrodes are used for sensing would be a programmable feature of the S-ICD to adapt to changes in the patient physiology and size (in the case of children) over time
  • the programming could be done via the use of physical switches on the canister, or as presently preferred, via the use of a programming wand or via a wireless connection to program the circuitry withm the canister
  • the canister could be employed as either a cathode or an anode of the S-ICD cardioversion defibrillation system If the canister is the cathode, then the subcutaneous coil electrode would be the anode Likewise, if the canister is the anode, then the subcutaneous electrode would be the cathode
  • the active canister housing will provide energy and voltage intermediate to that available with ICDs and most AEDs
  • the typical maximum voltage necessary for ICDs using most biphasic waveforms is approximately 750 Volts with an associated maximum energy of approximately 40 Joules
  • the typical maximum voltage necessary for AEDs is approximately 2000-5000 Volts with an associated maximum energy of approximately 200 360 Joules depending upon the model and waveform used
  • the S-ICD of the present invention uses maximum voltages in the range of about 700 to about 3150 Volts and is associated with energies of about 40 to about 210 Joules
  • the capacitance of the S-ICD could range from about 50 to about 200 micro farads
  • the sense circuitry contained within the canister is highly sensitive and specific for the presence or absence of life threatening ventricular arrhythmias
  • the algorithm is focused on the detection of V-FIB and high rate V-TACH (>240 bpm)
  • V-FIB and high rate V-TACH >240 bpm
  • the S-ICD of the present invention may rarely be used for an actual life threatening event, the simplicity of design and implementation allows it to be employed in large populations of patients at modest risk with modest cost by non-cardiac electrophysiologists Consequently, the S-ICD of the present invention focuses mostly on the detection and therapy of the most malignant rhythm disorders
  • the upper rate range is programmable upward for use in children, known to have rapid supravent ⁇ cular tachycardias and more rapid ventricular fibrillation Energy levels also are programmable downward in order to allow treatment of neonates and infants
  • FIG 4 the optimal subcutaneous placement of the S-ICD of the present invention is illustrated As would be evidence to a person skilled in the art, the actual location of
  • FIG 5 illustrates a different placement of the present invention.
  • the S-ICD canister with the active housing is located in the left posterior axillary line approximately lateral to the tip of the inferior portion of the scapula This location is especially useful in children.
  • the lead 21 of the subcutaneous electrode traverses in a subcutaneous path around the thorax terminating with its distal electrode end at the anterior precordial region, ideally in the inframammary crease.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the embodiment of FIG 1 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax with the proximal sense electrodes 23 and 25 located at approximately the left axillary line with the cardioversion/defibrillation electrode just lateral to the tip of the inferior portion of the scapula.
  • FIG 7 schematically illustrates the method for implanting the S-ICD of the present invention
  • An incision 31 is made m the left anterior axillary line approximately at the level of the cardiac apex
  • This incision location is distinct from that chosen for S-ICD placement and is selected specifically to allow both canister location more medially in the left inframammary crease and lead positioning more posteriorly via the introducer set (descnbed below) around to the left posterior axillary line lateral to the left scapula.
  • the incision can be anywhere on the thorax deemed reasonably by the implanting physician although m the preferred embodiment, the S-ICD of the present invention will be applied in this region
  • a subcutaneous pathway 33 is then created medially to the inframmary crease for the canister and posteriorly to the left posterior axillary line lateral to the left scapula for the lead.
  • the S-ICD canister 1 1 is then placed subcutaneously at the location of the incision or medially at the subcutaneous region at the left inframmary crease
  • the subcutaneous electrode 13 is placed with a specially designed curved introducer set 40 (see FIG 8)
  • the introducer set comprises a curved trocar 42 and a stiff curved peel away sheath 44.
  • the peel away sheath is curved to allow for placement around the rib cage of the patient in the subcutaneous space created by the trocar.
  • the sheath has to be stiff enough to allow for the placement of the electrodes without the sheath collapsing or bending.
  • the sheath is made out of a biocompatible plastic material and is perforated along its axial length to allow for it to split apart into two sections.
  • the trocar has a proximal handle 41 and a curved shaft 43.
  • the distal end 45 of the trocar is tapered to allow for dissection of a subcutaneous path 33 in the patient
  • the trocar is cannulated having a central Lumen 46 and terminating in an opening 48 at the distal end.
  • Local anesthetic such as hdocaine can be delivered, if necessary, through the lumen or through a curved and elongated needle designed to anesthetize the path to be used for trocar insertion should general anesthesia not be employed.
  • the curved peel away sheath 44 has a proximal pull tab 49 for breaking the sheath into two halves along its axial shaft 47.
  • the sheath is placed over a guidewire inserted through the trocar after the subcutaneous path has been created.
  • the subcutaneous pathway is then developed until it terminates subcutaneously at a location that, if a straight line were drawn from the canister location to the path termination point the line would intersect a substantial portion of the left ventricular mass of the patient.
  • the guidewire is then removed leaving the peel away sheath.
  • the subcutaneous lead system is then inserted through the sheath until it is in the proper location. Once the subcutaneous lead system is in the proper location, the sheath is split in half using the pull tab 49 and removed. If more than one subcutaneous electrode is being used, a new curved peel away sheath can be used for each subcutaneous electrode.
  • the S-ICD will have prophylactic use in adults where chronic transvenous/epicardial ICD lead systems pose excessive risk or have already resulted in difficulty, such as sepsis or lead fractures. It is also contemplated that a major use of the S-ICD system of the present invention will be for prophylactic use in children who are at nsk for having fatal arrhythmias, where chronic transvenous lead systems pose significant management problems. Additionally, with the use of standard transvenous ICDs in children, problems develop during patient growth in that the lead system does not accommodate the growth. FIG. 9 illustrates the placement of the S-ICD subcutaneous lead system such that he problem that growth presents to the lead system is overcome.
  • the distal end of the subcutaneous electrode is placed in the same location as described above providing a good location for the coil cardioversion defibrillation electrode 27 and the sensing electrodes 23 and 25.
  • the insulated lead 21, however is no longer placed in a taught configuration. Instead, the lead is se ⁇ igmously placed with a specially designed introducer trocar and sheath such that it has numerous waves or bends.
  • a lead system with a distal tme or screw electrode anchoring system 52 can also be inco ⁇ orated into the distal tip of the lead to facilitate lead stability (see FIG 1).
  • Other anchoring systems can also be used such as hooks, sutures, or the like.
  • FIGS. 10 and 11 illustrate another embodiment of the present S-ICD invention.
  • the additional subcutaneous electrode 13 ' is essentially identical to the previously described electrode.
  • the cardioversion/defibrillation energy is delivered between the active surface of the canister and the two coil electrodes 27 and 27'.
  • provided in the canister is means for selecting the optimum sensing arrangement between the four sense electrodes 23, 23', 25, and 25 '.
  • the two electrodes are subcutaneously placed on the same side of the heart.
  • one subcutaneous electrode 13 is placed mfenorly and the other electrode 13' is placed superiorly It is also contemplated with this dual subcutaneous electrode system that the canister and one subcutaneous electrode are the same polarity and the other subcutaneous electrode is the opposite polarity
  • the canister 11 of the S-ICD of the present invention is shaped to be particularly useful in placing subcutaneously adjacent and parallel to a ⁇ b of a patient
  • the canister is long, thm, and curved to conform to the shape of the patient's rib
  • the canister has a diameter ranging from about 0 5 cm to about 2 cm without 1 cm being presently preferred
  • the canister could have a rectangular or square cross sectional area as illustrated in FIG 13 without falling outside of the scope of the present invention
  • the length of the canister can vary depending on the size of the patient's thorax Currently the canister is about 5 cm to about 15 cm long with about 10 being presently preferred
  • the canister is curved to conform to the curvature of the ribs of the thorax The radius of the curvature will vary depending on the size of the patient, with smaller radiuses for smaller patients and larger radiuses for larger patients The
  • the canister can optionally have at least one sense electrode located on either the active surface of the inactive surface and the circuitry within the canister can be programmable as described above to allow for the selection of the best sense electrodes It is presently preferred that the canister have two sense electrodes 26 and 28 located on the inactive surface of the canisters as illustrated, where the electrodes are spaced from about 1 to about 10 cm apart with a spacing of about 3 cm being presently preferred However, the sense electrodes can be located on the active surface as described above
  • FIG 12 will be subcutaneously implanted adjacent and parallel to the left anterior 5th rib, either between the 4th and 5th ribs or between the 5th and 6th ribs However other locations can be used
  • Another component of the S-ICD of the present invention is a cutaneous test electrode system designed to simulate the subcutaneous high voltage shock electrode system as well as the QRS cardiac rhythm detection system
  • This test electrode system is comprised of a cutaneous patch electrode of similar surface area and impedance to that of the S-ICD canister itself together with a cutaneous strip electrode comprising a defibnllation strip as well as two button electrodes for sensing of the QRS
  • Several cutaneous strip electrodes are available to allow for testing various bipole spacings to optimize signal detection comparable to the implantable system.
  • Figures 14 to 18 depict particular US-ICD embodiments of the present invention.
  • the various sensing, shocking and pacing circuitry may additionally be inco ⁇ orated into the following US-ICD embodiments.
  • particular aspects of any individual S-ICD embodiment discussed above may be inco ⁇ orated, in whole or in part, into the US-ICD embodiments depicted in the following figures Turning now to Fig. 14, the US-ICD of the present invention is illustrated.
  • the US-ICD consists of a curved housing 1211 with a first and second end.
  • the first end 1413 is thicker than the second end 1215 This thicker area houses a battery supply, capacitor and operational circuitry for the US-ICD
  • the circuitry will be able to monitor cardiac rhythms for tachycardia and fibrillation, and if detected, will initiate charging the capacitor and then delivering cardioversion/defibrillation energy through the two cardioversion/defibnllating electrodes 1417 and 1219 located on the outer surface of the two ends of the housing
  • the circuitry can provide cardioversion defibrillation energy in different types of waveforms.
  • a 100 uF biphasic waveform is used of approximately 10-20 ms total duration and with the initial phase containing approximately 2/3 of the energy, however, any type of waveform can be utilized such as monophasic, biphasic, multiphasic or alternative waveforms as is known m the art
  • the housing of the present invention can be made out of titanium alloy or other presently preferred ICD designs It is contemplated that the housing is also made out of biocompatible plastic materials that electronically insulate the electrodes from each other However, it is contemplated that a malleable canister that can conform to the curvature of the patient's chest will be preferred In this way the patient can have a comfortable canister that conforms to the unique shape of the patient's rib cage Examples of conforming ICD housings are provided in U S Patent No.
  • the housing is curved in the shape of a 5 th rib of a person Because there are many different sizes of people, the housing will come in different incremental sizes to allow a good match between the size of the rib cage and the size of the US- ICD.
  • the length of the US-ICD will range from about 15 to about 50 cm Because of the primary preventative role of the therapy and the need to reach energies over 40 Joules, a feature of the preferred embodiment is that the charge time for the therapy, intentionally be relatively long to allow capacitor charging within the limitations of device size
  • the thick end of the housing is currently needed to allow for the placement of the battery supply, operational circuitry, and capacitors It is contemplated that the thick end will be about 0.5 cm to about 2 cm wide with about 1 cm being presently prefe ⁇ ed As microtechnology advances, the thickness of the housing will become smaller
  • the two cardioversion defibrillation electrodes on the housing are used for delivering the high voltage cardioversion defibrillation energy across the heart
  • the cardioversion defibrillation electrodes are coil electrodes, however, other cardioversion/defibrillation electrodes could be used such as having electrically isolated active surfaces or platinum alloy electrodes
  • the coil cardioversion defibrillation electrodes are about 5-10 cm in length
  • Located on the housing between the two cardioversion/defibrillation electrodes are two sense electrodes 1425 and 1427
  • the sense electrodes are spaced far enough apart to be able to have good QRS detection This spacing can range from 1 to 10 cm with 4 cm being presently preferred
  • the electrodes may or may not be circumferential with the preferred embodiment Having the electrodes non-circumferential and positioned outward, toward the skm surface, is a means to minimize muscle artifact and enhance QRS signal quality
  • the sensing electrodes are electrically isolated from the cardioversion/defibrillation electrode via
  • Fig 15 the optimal subcutaneous placement of the US-ICD of the present invention is illustrated
  • the actual location of the US- ICD is in a subcutaneous space that is developed during the implantation process
  • the heart is not exposed dunng this process and the heart is schematically illustrated in the figures only for help in understanding where the device and its various electrodes are three dimensionally located in the thorax of the patient
  • the US-ICD is located between the left mid-clavicular line approximately at the level of the inframammary crease at approximately the 5 th rib and the posterior axillary line, ideally just lateral to the left scapula This way the US-ICD provides a reasonably good pathway for current delivery to the majority of the ventricular myocardium
  • Fig 16 schematically illustrates the method for implanting the US-ICD of the present invention An incision 1631 is made in the left anterior axillary line approximately at the level of the cardiac apex A subcutaneous pathway is then created that extend
  • US-ICDs are provided in incremental sizes for subcutaneous implantation in different sized patients Turning now to Fig 18, a different embodiment is schematically illustrated in exploded view which provides different sized US-ICDs that are easier to manufacture
  • the different sized US-ICDs will all have the same sized and shaped thick end 1413
  • the thick end is hollow inside allowing for the insertion of a core operational member 1853
  • the core member comprises a housing 1857 which contains the battery supply, capacitor and operational circuitry for the US-ICD
  • the proximal end of the core member has a plurality of electronic plug connectors Plug connectors 1861 and 1863 are electronically connected to the sense electrodes via pressure fit connectors (not illustrated) mside the thick end which are standard in the art Plug connectors 1865 and 1867 are also electronically connected to the cardioverter/defibrillator electrodes via pressure fit connectors mside the thick end
  • the distal end of the core member comprises an end cap 1855, and a ribbed fitting 1859 which creates
  • the core member of the different sized and shaped US-ICD will all be the same size and shape That way, during an implantation procedures, multiple sized US-ICDs can be available for implantation, each one without a core member Once the implantation procedure is being performed, then the correct sized US-ICD can be selected and the core member can be inserted into the US-ICD and then programmed as described above Another advantage of this configuration is when the battery within the core member needs replacing it can be done without removing the entire US-ICD FIG.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is designed to provide an electrode 107 to be implanted subcutaneously in the posterior thorax of a patient for delivery of cardioversion defibrillation energy.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is further designed to provide a path for the cardioversion/defibrillation energy to reach the electrode 107 from the operational circuitry within the canister 1 1 of an S-ICD such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 1.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 comprises a connector 1 1 1 , a lead 21 , a lead fastener 146, an electrode 107 and an appendage 118.
  • the connector 111 is connected to the lead 21.
  • the lead 21 is further connected to the electrode 107 with the lead fastener 146.
  • the appendage 1 18 is mounted to the electrode 107.
  • the connector 111 provides an electrical connection between the lead 21 and the operational circuitry withm the canister 11 of an S-ICD such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 1
  • Connector 11 1 is designed to mate with the connection port 19 on the canister 1 1
  • the connector 111 meets the IS-1 standard.
  • the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 provides an electrical connection between the connector 11 1 and the electrode 107
  • the lead 21 comprises a distal end 101 and a proximal end 102.
  • the distal end 101 of the lead 21 is attached to the connector 111.
  • the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 is attached to electrode 107 with the lead fastener 146.
  • the lead 21 has a lead length, l Lcad , measured from the connector 111 along the lead 21 to the lead fastener 146 of the electrode 107.
  • the length of the lead 21 is approximately 25 cm In alternative embodiments, the lead lengths range between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm
  • the lead fastener 146 provides a robust physical and elect ⁇ cal connection between the lead 21 and the electrode 107.
  • the lead fastener 146 joins the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 to electrode 107.
  • the electrode 107 comprises an electrically conductive member designed to make contact with the tissue of the patient and transfer cardioversion/defibrillation energy to the tissue of the patient from the S-ICD canister 11
  • the electrode 107 illustrated is generally flat and planar, comprising a top surface 110, a bottom surface 1 15, a distal end 103 and a proximal end 104
  • the lead fastener 146 is attached to the top surface 110 of the distal end 103 of the electrode 107
  • the electrode 107 may have shapes other than planar In an alternate embodiment, the electrode 107 is shaped like a coil
  • the appendage 118 is a member attached to the electrode 107 that can be gripped and used to precisely locate the lead electrode assembly 100 during its surgical implantation within the patient
  • the appendage 118 has a first end 105, a second end 106, a distal edge 121 and a proximal edge
  • the second end 106 of the appendage 1 18 is attached to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107
  • the appendage 118 is positioned such that its proximal edge 129 is within approximately 20 mm of the proximal end 104 of the electrode 107 In alternate embodiments, the appendage 1 18 is attached to the electrode 107 in other positions
  • the appendage height, h Appendage is defined as the distance from the point of the appendage 1 18 most distant from the electrode 107 to a point of the appendage 118 closest to the electrode 107 measured along a line pe ⁇ endicular to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
  • the appendage height of the appendage 118 illustrated, for example, would be measured between the first end 105 of the appendage 118 and the second end 106 of the appendage 118
  • the appendage height of the appendage 118 illustrated is approximately 5 mm In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm
  • the appendage interface is defined as the part of the appendage 1 18 that joins it to the electrode
  • the appendage interface of the appendage 118 illustrated, for example, would be the second end 106 of the appendage 118
  • the appendage length, l APPenda e is the length of the appendage 118 along the appendage interface
  • the appendage interface of the appendage 118 illustrated, for example, would be the length of the second end 106 of the appendage 118
  • the appendage length of the appendage 1 18 illustrated in FIG 14 is approximately 1 cm In alternative embodiments, appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In an alternate embodiment, the appendage 118 is substantially as long as the electrode 107
  • the appendage 118 of the embodiment illustrated is a fin 120 comprising a fin core 122 (phantom view) and a coating 125
  • the fin core 122 generally provides support for the fin 120
  • the fin core 122 has a first end 126 and a second end 127
  • the second end 127 of the fin core 122 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
  • the fin core 122 comprises a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof In other embodiments, the fin core 122 comprises any rugged material that can be attached to the first surface 1 10 of the electrode 107
  • the coating 125 is disposed around the fin core 122
  • the coating 125 provides a surface for the fin 120 that can be easily gripped during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the coating 125 covering the fin core 122 is composed of molded sihcone
  • the coating 125 may be any polymeric material
  • the term polymeric material includes the group of materials consisting of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyeteretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone and mixtures thereof
  • the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron ® polymer mesh attached to the inside of the coating 125 Dacron® is a registered trademark of E I du Pont de Nemours and Company Co ⁇ oration, Wilmington, DE
  • the Dacron® polymer mesh attached to the outside of the coating 125 In another embodiment, the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of any polymenc material
  • FIG 14(b) illustrates a top view of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • the electrode 107 is substantially rectangular in shape, comprising a first pair of sides 108, a second pair of sides 109 and four corners 1 12.
  • the electrode 107 has a shape other than rectangular.
  • the corners 112 of the electrode 107 are rounded.
  • the corners 1 12 of the electrode 107 are not rounded
  • the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 are substantially linear, substantially parallel to each other and are approximately 1 cm in length.
  • the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are also substantially linear, substantially parallel with each other and are approximately 5 cm in length.
  • the bottom surface 1 15 of the electrode 107 has an area of approximately 500 square mm.
  • the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are neither linear nor parallel
  • the length of the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 range independently between approximately 1 cm and approximately 5 cm
  • the surface area of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 ranges between approximately 100 sq mm and approximately 2000 sq mm
  • the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are linear and of equal length, such that the electrode 107 is substantially square- shaped
  • the electrode 107 comprises a sheet of metallic mesh 114 further comprised of woven wires 119
  • the metallic mesh 1 14 comprises a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof In other embodiments, the metallic mesh 114 comprises any conductive material
  • the electrode 107 comprises a solid metallic plate
  • the metallic plate comprises a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof.
  • the solid plate comprises any conductive material.
  • the metallic mesh 114 is approximately a 150 mesh, having approximately 150 individual wires 1 19 per inch In alternative embodiments, the metallic mesh 114 ranges between approximately a 50 mesh and approximately a 200 mesh In this embodiment, the diameter of the wires 119 of the mesh is approximately 1 mil In alternative embodiments, the diameter of the wires 1 19 ranges between approximately 1 and approximately 5 mils
  • the metallic mesh 114 is first prepared by spot welding together the wires 1 19 located along the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the metallic mesh 114 The excess lengths of wires are then ground or machined flush, so as to produce a smooth edge and to form a smooth border 113
  • the fin 120 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 in a position centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 In other embodiments, the fin 120 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • the fin 120 is planar shape comprising a first face 191 and a second face 192
  • the first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 are substantially parallel to the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • the first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 are positioned in orientations other than parallel to the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • the first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 extend from and substantially pe ⁇ endicular to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107 In an alternative embodiment, the first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 extend from the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 at other than right angles
  • the fin core 122 of the fin 120 is spot welded to the metallic mesh 114 comprising the electrode 107
  • the fin 120 may be composed entirely of a polymeric material and attached to the electrode 107 by means known in the art
  • FIG 14(c) illustrates in detail a section of the lead 21 of this embodiment
  • the lead 21 comprises an electrically insulating sheath 141 and an electrical conductor 142
  • the electrically insulating sheath 141 is disposed around the electrical conductor 142 (phantom view)
  • the electrically insulating sheath 141 prevents the cardioversion/defibrillation energy passing through the electrical conductor 142 to the electrode from passing into objects surrounding the lead 21
  • the electrically insulating sheath 141 comprises a tube 149 disposed around the electrical conductor 142
  • the tube is composed of either sihcone, polyurethane or composite materials
  • the tube 149 could alternately be composed of any insulating, flexible, bio-compatible material suitable to this pu ⁇ ose
  • the electrical conductor 142 comprises three highly-flexible, highly- conductive coiled fibers known as filars 147 (phantom view) These fibers are wound in a helical shape through the electrically insulating sheath 141
  • the filars he as linear cables within the electrically insulating sheath 141
  • a combination of helically coiled and linear filars he within the electrically insulating sheath 141.
  • FIG 14(d) illustrates a cross-section of a filar 147
  • the filars 147 of the embodiment illustrated comprise a metal core 144, a metal tube 143 and an insulating coating 140
  • the metal tube 143 is disposed around the metal core 144
  • the insulating coating 140 is disposed around the metal tube
  • the metal core 144 is made of silver and the metal tube 143 is made of MP35N ® stainless steel, a product of SPS Technologies of Jenkintown, PA
  • the insulating coating 140 is made of teflon
  • the filars 147 of this structure are available as DFTTM (drawn filled tube) conductor coil, available from Fort Wayne Metals Research Products Co ⁇ of Fort Wayne, Indiana
  • the filars 147 further comprise an intermediate coating (not shown) disposed between the metal tube 143 and the insulating coating 140 This intermediate coating is made of platinum, indium ruthenum, palladium or an alloy of these metals
  • the filars 147 comprise DBSTM (drawn braised strands) also available from Fort Wayne Metals Research Products Co ⁇ of Fort Wayne, Indiana
  • FIG 14(e) a cross section of the lead fastener 146 is shown in detail
  • the lead fastener 146 provides a robust physical and electrical connection between the lead 21 and the electrode 107
  • the lead fastener 146 comprises a metal strip 157, a crimping tube 154 and a crimping pm 156
  • the metal strip 157 has a first end 150, a second end 151, and a middle portion 152
  • the first end 150 and second end 151 of the metal strip 157 are separated by the middle portion 152
  • the first end 150 and second end 151 of the metal strip 157 are attached to the electrode 107
  • the first end 150 and second end 151 of the lead fastener 146 are spot welded to the top surface 1 10 of the metallic mesh 1 14 comprising the electrode 107
  • other fastening methods known in the art can be used
  • the middle portion 152 of the metal strip 157 is raised away from the electrode 107 to permit the crimping tube 154 and electrically insulating sheath 141 of the lead 21 to fit between the metal strip 157 and the electrode 107
  • the middle portion 152 of the metal strip 157 contains a crimp point 148
  • the crimp point 148 squeezes the crimping tube 154 and electncally insulating sheath 141 of the lead 21 thereby gripping it, and thereby providing a robust structural connection between the lead 21 and the electrode 107
  • the filars 147 of the lead 21 are situated between the crimping tube 154 and cnmping pin 156
  • the crimping tube 154 has a crimping point 155 which causes the filars 147 to be squeezed between crimping tube 154 and c ⁇ mpmg pin 156
  • a gap 159 in the electrically insulating sheath 141 allows the crimping tube 155 to make contact the electrode 107, thereby forming a robust electrical connection
  • the metal strip 157, the c ⁇ mpmg tube 154 and crimping pin 156 are each made of platinum indium
  • the metal strip 157, crimping tube 154 and c ⁇ mpmg pin 156 are each made of a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof
  • the metal stnp 157, c ⁇ mpmg tube 154 and cnmping pin 156 are each made of any conductive material
  • FIG 14(f) illustrates an exploded view of the lead fastener 146
  • other types of lead fasteners 146 known in the art are used
  • FIG 15(a) illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 14(a)- 14(f) In this embodiment, however, the appendage 118 lacks a fin core 122
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a backing layer 130 and stitching 139
  • the backing layer 130 acts to insulate the electrode 107 so that cardioversion /defibnllation energy may not pass to the tissue of the patient that surrounds the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 This has the effect of focusing the cardioversion/defibrillation energy toward the heart of the patient through the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107
  • the backing layer 130 comprises a base portion 158 and an integrated fin 120
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 comprises a first surface 131 , a second surface 132, a first side 133 and a second side 134.
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is attached to the electrode 107 such that the second surface 132 of the backing layer 130 lies directly adjacent to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is formed so that the first side 133 and the second side 134 are substantially parallel and of substantially the same size as the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • FIG 15(b) illustrates a top view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment.
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 further comprises a distal end 137 and a proximal end 138.
  • the distal end 137 and proximal end 138 of the backing layer 130 are parallel to and of substantially the same size as the second pair of sides 109 (hidden) of the electrode 107.
  • the backing layer 130 contains a notch 136 on its distal end 137, through which the lead fastener 146 rises.
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is attached to the electrode 107 with stitching 139
  • the stitching is composed of nylon. In alternate embodiments, the stitching is composed of any polymeric material
  • the backing layer 130 is composed of polyurethane.
  • the backing layer is composed of molded sihcone, nylon, or Dacron®.
  • the backing layer is composed of any polymeric material
  • the integrated fin 120 of the backing layer 130 is formed from the same piece of material as the backing layer 130.
  • the integrated fin 120 has the same shape and dimensions as the fin 120 of the embodiment in FIG. 14
  • the integrated fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh attached to the integrated fin 120. In another embodiment, the integrated fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material.
  • FIG 16(a) illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 14(a)-14(e) In this embodiment, however, the fin 120 has a different construction
  • fin 120 comprises a first fin section 165, a second fin section 160 and stitching 168
  • the first fin section 165 is a rectangular sheet of polymeric material comprising an inside face 167, an outside face 166, a first side 175 and a second side 174
  • the first side 175 and second side 174 of the first fin section 165 are substantially parallel and of substantially the same size
  • a line 173 divides the first fin section 165 into a first half 171 and a second half 172
  • the line 173 runs parallel to the first side 175 of the first fin section 165
  • the first half 171 of the first fin section 165 lies on one side of line 173
  • the second half 172 of the first fin section 165 lies on the other side of
  • the second fin section 160 is a rectangular sheet of polymeric material of the same size as the first fin section 165 comprising an inside face 162 and an outside face 161
  • the second fin section 160 is divided m half substantially similarly to the first fin section 165, thereby forming a first half 163 and a second half 164 of the second fin section 160
  • first fin section 165 and second fin section are not rectangular in shape In an alternate embodiment, the first fin section 165 and second fin section have an oval shape
  • the first half 171 of the first fin section 165 is fastened to the first half 163 of the second fin section 160
  • the mside face 167 of the first half 171 of the first fin section 165 faces the mside face 162 of the first half 163 of the second fin section 160
  • the first fin section 165 is fastened the second fin section 160 with stitching 168
  • the fin 120 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 to accomplish this, the second half 172 of the first fin section 165 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 with the stitching 169 The second half 164 of the second fin section 160 is similarly attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 with stitching (not shown)
  • the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the first fin section 165 and the second fin section 160 of the integrated fin 120
  • the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to the first fin section 165 or the second fin section 160
  • the integrated fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material attached to either or both fin sections
  • the appendage height of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 5 mm In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm The appendage length of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 1 cm. In alternative embodiments, appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm.
  • the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin 120 is substantially as long as the electrode 107.
  • FIG. 17(a) illustrates a side plan view of an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 comprises a connector 1 11, a lead 21, a lead fastener 146, an electrode 107, a backing layer 130 with an integrated fin tab 180, a molded cover 220 and an appendage 118.
  • the connector 111 is connected to the lead 21
  • the lead 21 is further connected to the electrode 107 with the lead fastener 146
  • the backing layer 130 is positioned over the electrode 107.
  • the fin tab 180 protrudes from the backing layer 130.
  • the molded cover 220 is disposed around the lead fastener 146 and the backing layer 130
  • the molded cover 220 is further disposed around the fin tab 180 of the backing layer 1 18 to form the appendage 1 18.
  • the molded cover 220 also partially envelops the electrode 107
  • the connector 111 and the lead 21 are substantially similar to the connector 111 and the lead 21 described with reference to FIGS. 14(a)-14(f)
  • the lead comprises a distal end 101 and a proximal end 102
  • the distal end 101 of the lead 21 is attached to the connector 1 11.
  • the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 is connected to the electrode 107 by the lead fastener 146.
  • the lead fastener 146 comprises a first cnmping tube 200, a cnmping pin 202 and a second cnmping tube 201
  • the first cnmping tube 200 connects the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 to the cnmping pin 202
  • the second cnmpmg tube 201 connects the cnmping pin 202 to the electrode 107
  • the electrode 107 comprises a distal end 103 (phantom view), a proximal end 104, a top surface 110 and a bottom surface 115.
  • the electrode further comprises three sections: a mam body 217, a mandrel 219 and a mandrel neck 218
  • the main body 217 of the electrode 107 is the region of the electrode 107 that makes contact with the tissue of the patient and transfers the cardioversion/defibrillation energy to the patient.
  • This region is substantially rectangular, comprising a first pair of sides 108 (not shown) and a second pair of sides 109.
  • the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 are substantially parallel to each other
  • the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are also substantially parallel to each other
  • the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are non-parallel
  • the mam body 217 of the electrode 107 is positioned under the backing layer 130, so that the top surface 1 10 of the electrode faces the backing layer 130.
  • the mandrel 219 is a region of the electrode 107 shaped to facilitate the connection of the electrode 107 to the lead 21 via the lead fastener 146.
  • the mandrel of the electrode is crimped onto to the cnmping pin 202 of the lead fastener 146 with the second cnmpmg tube 201, so that a robust physical and electrical connection is formed.
  • the main body 217 of the electrode 107 is connected to the mandrel 219 of the electrode 107 via the mandrel neck 218 of the electrode 107.
  • the backing layer 130 comprises a base portion 158 and an integrated fin tab 180.
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 comprises a first surface 131 , a second surface 132, a distal end 137 and a proximal end 138.
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is positioned such that its second surface 132 is adjacent to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107.
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is sized and positioned so that the distal end 137 and proximal end 138 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 overlay the second pair of sides 109 of the mam body 217 of the electrode 107.
  • the distal end 137 and proximal end 138 of the are also substantially parallel and of substantially the same size as the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107.
  • the integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 is formed from the same piece of material as the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130.
  • the integrated fin tab 180 is formed on the first surface 131 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130.
  • the integrated fin tab 180 comprises a proximal edge 183, a distal edge 184, a top 185 and a bottom 186.
  • the bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180 is joined to the first surface 131 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130.
  • the proximal edge 183 and the distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 extend from, and substantially pe ⁇ endicular to the first surface 131 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130.
  • the proximal edge 183 and distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 are parallel with each other
  • the integrated fin tab 180 is positioned so that its proximal edge 183 is substantially flush with the proximal end 138 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130.
  • the backing layer 130 is composed of polyurethane In an alternative embodiment, the backing layer 130 is composed of sihcone. In another alternative embodiment, the backing layer 130 is composed of any polymeric material.
  • the molded cover 220 envelops and holds together the components of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • the molded cover 220 also provides rigidity to the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the molded cover 220 envelops the lead fastener 146 and the backing layer 130.
  • the fin 120 is formed when the molded cover 220 covers the fin tab 180.
  • the thickness of the resulting fin 120 is approximately 2 mm. In alternate embodiments, the thickness of the fin 120 is between approximately 1 mm and approximately 3 mm.
  • the appendage height of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 5 mm. In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm. The appendage length of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 1 cm In alternative embodiments, appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm. In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin is as long as the backing layer In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin is as long as the electrode 107. In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin is as long as the molded cover 220
  • the molded cover 220 also partially covers the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107. In this way, the molded cover 220 attaches the backing layer 130 to the electrode 107.
  • the molded cover 220 in this embodiment is made of sihcone
  • the molded cover 220 is made of any polymeric material Stitching 360 holds the molded cover 220, the electrode 107 and the backing layer 130 together
  • the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the molded cover 220 and the integrated fin tab 180 In another embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to the molded cover 220 In other embodiments, the fin 120 is similarly reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material
  • the fin 120 of the embodiment illustrated in FIG 17(a) can alternately have a sloped shape
  • the sloped shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the fin 120 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient
  • the slope-shaped fin 120 is constructed so that the proximal edge 183 and distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 are not parallel with each other Instead, proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 can be curved so that the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 is closer to the proximal edge 184 at the top 185 of the integrated fin tab 180, than at the bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180
  • the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 is not curved
  • the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 is straight, and forms an acute angle with the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130
  • the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 forms a 45 degree angle with
  • FIG 17(c) illustrates a front plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 seen in FIG 17(a)
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 further comprises a first side 133 and second side 134
  • the first side 133 and second side 134 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 are substantially parallel
  • the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130 are not parallel
  • the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is sized so that it is substantially the same size and shape as the main body 217 of the electrode 107
  • the integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 is planar, comprising a first face 181 and a second face 182
  • the first face 181 and second face 182 of the fin tab 180 are substantially parallel with each other and with the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130
  • the first face 181 and second face 182 of the fin tab 180 extend from, and substantially pe ⁇ endicular to the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130
  • the first face 181 and second face 182 of the fin tab 180 extend from the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130 at angles other than a nght angle
  • first face 181 and a second face 182 of the integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 are not substantially parallel to each other Instead, they are angled, such that they are closer together at the top 185 than they are at the bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180 This shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the fin 120 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient
  • first face 181 and a second face 182 of the integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 are angled, such that they are further apart at the top 185 than they are at the bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180 This shape can make the fin 120 easier to grip with a tool, such as a hemostat
  • the fin tab 180 extends from the backing layer 130 at a position centered between the first side 133 and the second side 134 of the backing layer 130 In an alternate embodiment, the fin tab 180 is not centered between the first side 133 and the second side 134 of the backing layer 130
  • An eyelet 301 is formed in the fin 120 of this embodiment
  • the eyelet can be used to facilitate the capture of the lead electrode assembly by a tool
  • the eyelet is formed as a hole 225 through the molded cover 220 and between the faces 181 and 182 of fin tab 180 In an alternate embodiment, no eyelet is formed in the fin 120
  • the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 comprises a periphery 213 and a center 211
  • the molded cover 220 forms a skirt 222 around the periphery 213 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107
  • the skirt 222 of the molded cover 220 covers the periphery 213 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107
  • the skirt 222 of the molded cover 220 can act to focus cardioversion defibrillation energy emitted from the electrode 107 of the lead electrode assembly 100 toward the heart of the patient Because the thorax of a patient is surrounded by a layer of fat that is somewhat conductive, the cardioversion /defibnllation energy may tend to arc through this layer to reach the active surface 15 of the canister 11 (seen in FIG 1) without passing through the patient's heart The skirt 222 of the lead electrode assembly 100 acts to minimize the loss of cardioversion /defibnllation energy to surrounding body tissues, or from being diverted away from the patient's heart.
  • the center 211 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 is not covered by the molded cover 220 and is left exposed.
  • the width of the periphery 213 of the bottom surface 1 15 of the electrode 107 covered by the molded cover 220 is approximately .125 cm
  • the area of the exposed center 211 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 is approximately 500 square mm.
  • the length of the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 vary, such that the area of the center 211 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode has a surface area between approximately 100 sq. mm and approximately
  • FIG 17(d) illustrates an exploded top view of the lead fastener 146 of the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 17(a)- 17(c).
  • the lead fastener connects the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 and the distal end 103 of the electrode 107.
  • the lead fastener 146 comprises a first cnmping tube 200, a cnmping pin 202 and a second cnmping tube 201.
  • the cnmpmg pin 202 comprises a first side 203 and a second side 204
  • the cnmping tube 200 crimps the filars 147 of the lead 21 (here, only one representative filar 147 is shown) to the first side 203 of cnmping pm 202.
  • the mandrel 219 of the electrode 107 is then wrapped around the second side 204 of the cnmping pm 202.
  • Cnmpmg tube 201 crimps the mandrel 219 to the second side 204 of the cnmping pin 202.
  • the first cnmping tube 200, the second cnmpmg tube 201 and the cnmpmg pm 202 are each made of platinum indium.
  • the first cnmpmg tube 200, the second cnmping tube 201 and the cnmpmg pin 202 are each made of a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof.
  • the first cnmpmg tube 200, the second cnmping tube 201 and the cnmping pm 202 each comprise any conductive material.
  • the electrode 107 in this embodiment comprises a sheet of metallic mesh 206 prepared by the process described with reference to FIG. 14.
  • the electrode 107 has a width measured parallel to the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107.
  • the width of the mandrel neck 218 of the electrode 107 is approximately 3 mm wide
  • the width of the mandrel of the electrode 107 is approximately 5 mm wide.
  • the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 are approximately 5 cm in length.
  • the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are approximately 1.9 cm in length In alternative embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 range independently from approximately 1 cm to approximately 5 cm.
  • the electrode 107 of this embodiment further comprises four corners 112
  • the corners 1 12 of the electrode 107 are rounded.
  • the corners 112 of the electrode 107 are not rounded
  • FIGS 17(e)-17(g) illustrate the size and position of the fin 120 on the molded cover of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • FIGS 18(a)-18(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)- 17(g) In this embodiment, however, the appendage height of the fin 120 is approximately 1 cm The appendage length of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 3.5 cm.
  • stitching 302 is placed through the molded cover 220 and the fin 120 to prevent the molded cover 220 from sliding off the fin tab 180 when the molded cover 220 is subjected to a force directed away from the electrode 107.
  • the fin 120 (phantom view) extends approximately two thirds of the length of the electrode 107.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated m FIGS. 17(a)-17(g).
  • the backing layer 130 (not shown) inside the molded cover 220 is curved.
  • a curved electrode 107 may more closely approximate the curvature of the patient's ribs, this curvature may have the effect of making the lead electrode assembly 100 more comfortable for the patient
  • the radius r of the curvature varies throughout the electrode 107 such that it is intentionally shaped to approximate the shape of the ribs.
  • Lead electrode assemblies 100 can be custom manufactured with an electrode 107 with a curvature r that matches the curvature of the intended patient's ⁇ bcage in the vicinity of the ⁇ bcage adjacent to which the electrode 107 is to be positioned
  • lead electrode assemblies 100 are manufactured with an electrode 107 with a radius r that matches the curvature of the ⁇ bcage of a statistically significant number of people.
  • lead electrode assemblies 100 with electrodes 107 of varying curvatures can be manufactured to allow an electrode radius r to be selected for implantation based on the size of the patient. Smaller radii can be used for children and for smaller adult patients. Larger radii can be used for larger patients. The radius r of the curvature can range from approximately 5 cm to approximately 35 cm depending on the size of the patient.
  • the electrode 107 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is flexible, such that it can be bent to conform to the curvature of the intended patient's rib cage at the time of implantation
  • FIGS. 20(a)-20(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)- 17(g)
  • the backing layer 130 lacks an integrated fin tab 180 mounted on the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130.
  • this embodiment further comprises a backing layer 400 having a fin tab 405.
  • FIGS 20(a) and 20(b) illustrate only the backing layer 400, the fin tab 405 and the electrode 107 of this embodiment as they are positioned relative to each other in the complete embodiment. Other components of the embodiment are not shown FIG 20(c) shows the embodiment m a complete form
  • FIG. 20(a) illustrates a top plan view of the backing layer 400 and the electrode 107.
  • the backing layer 400 is positioned over the electrode 107.
  • the electrode 107 of this embodiment is substantially similar to the electrode 107 of the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 17(d)
  • the mandrel 219 of the electrode 107 is joined to the lead 21 (not shown) by a lead fastener 146 (not shown) as shown in FIG. 17(a).
  • the backing layer 400 is a flat, planar member comprising a distal end 137 and a proximal end 138.
  • the backing layer 400 further comprises a first side 133, a second side 134, a first surface 131, and a second surface 132 (not shown)
  • the backing layer 400 further comprises a width, W, measured as the distance between the first side 133 and the second side 134
  • the backing layer 400 includes a fin tab 405 that is formed from the same piece of material as the backing layer 400
  • the first side 133 of the backing layer 400 lies over one of the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 except over a fin tab region 407.
  • the backing layer 400 is wider than the electrode 107
  • the first side 133 forms a fin tab 405 that protrudes from part of the first side 133 of the backing layer 400 outside the fin tab region 407.
  • the fin tab 405 extends from the first side 133 of the backing layer 400 in an orientation substantially parallel to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107, beyond the first side 108 (phantom view) of the electrode 107.
  • the fin tab 405 comprises a first face 410 and a second face 41 1 (not shown).
  • the first face 410 of the fin tab 405 is an extension of the first surface 131 of the backing layer 400
  • the second face 41 1 of the fin tab 405 is an extension of the second surface 132 of the backing layer 400
  • the backing layer 405 is formed so that it is of substantially the same size and shape as the mam body 217 of the electrode 107.
  • the backing layer 400 is composed of polyurethane
  • the backing layer 400 and fin tab 405 are composed of any polymeric material
  • FIG 20(b) is a side plan view of the backing layer 400 and the electrode 107.
  • the backing layer 400 is positioned over the electrode 107 such that the second surface 132 of the backing layer 400 is placed adjacent to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
  • FIG. 20(c) illustrates a bottom plan view of the complete embodiment, in which the backing layer 400 (not shown), the lead fastener 146 (not shown) and the fin tab 405 (phantom view) are coated with a molded cover 220 When the molded cover 220 is applied over the backing layer 400, a fin 424 is formed over the fin tab 405 (phantom view).
  • the fin 424 comprises a proximal end 404 and a distal end 403
  • the fin 424 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the molded cover 220 and the fin tab 405
  • the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to the molded cover 220
  • the fin 424 is similarly reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material.
  • the appendage height, h A pp eild e , of the fin 424 of this embodiment is approximately 5 mm In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm.
  • the appendage length, L Appe n da e of the fin 424 of this embodiment is measured between the proximal end 404 and the distal end 403 of the fin 424. L Appendage is measured where the fin 424 joins the rest of the lead electrode assembly 100. In this embodiment, the appendage length is approximately 1 cm.
  • the appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 424 is such that the fin 424 runs the length of the electrode 107 In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 424 is such that the fin 424 runs the length of the backing layer 130 (not shown). In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 424 is such that the fin 424 runs the length of the molded cover 220.
  • FIG 20(d) illustrates a bottom plan view of an alternate embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 20(a)-20(c).
  • proximal end 404 of the fin 424 is sloped
  • the slope shape of the fin 424 is formed by the shape of the fin tab 405 (phantom view) inside the fin 424.
  • the backing layer 400 gradually widens in the fin tab region 407 (not shown) with distance from the proximal end 138 (not shown) to the distal end 137 (not shown) of the backing layer 130 (not shown) until the appendage height is reached.
  • the proximal end 404 of the fin 424 is straight and forms an acute angle with the first side 133 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 (not shown) In an alternate embodiment, the proximal end 404 of the fin 424 forms a 45 degree angle with the first side 133 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 (not shown) In another embodiment, the proximal end 404 of the fin 424 is curved slope.
  • the distal end 403 of the fin 424 is straight and shaped so that it forms an acute angle with the first side 133 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 (not shown).
  • the distal end 403 of the fin 424 is curved FIGS. 21(a)-21(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 15(a)-15(b).
  • the integrated fin 120 is absent, however, from the backing layer 130
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a cylindrical rod 500 having a loop 15 formed therein
  • the loop 515 comprises the appendage 1 18 of this embodiment.
  • the loop 515 is a member attached to the electrode 107 that can be gripped and used to precisely locate the electrode 107 during its surgical implantation within the patient
  • FIG 21(a) illustrates a side plan view of the embodiment
  • the cylindrical rod 500 comprises a first straight portion 510, a second straight portion 512 and a portion formed into a loop 515
  • the first straight portion 10 is separated from the second straight portion 512 by the loop 515
  • the rod 500 is made of platinum indium. In an alternative embodiment, the rod 500 is made of titanium or platinum.
  • the first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are spot welded to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107
  • the loop 515 in the rod 500 extends away from the top surface 110 of the electrode 107.
  • the backing layer 130 is similar to the backing layer 130 illustrated in FIGS 15(a)-15(b)
  • the backing layer 130 is disposed over the electrode 107
  • the first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 of the rod 500 are positioned between the second surface 132 of the backing layer 130 and the top surface 110 of the electrode 107.
  • FIG. 21(b) illustrates a cross-sectional rear plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly shown in FIG 21(a)
  • the first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are positioned such that they are parallel to the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107.
  • the first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are both centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • the first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are not parallel to and centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107.
  • FIG 21(c) illustrates a top plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly shown in FIG. 21(a).
  • An aperture 517 is formed in the backing layer 130.
  • the aperture 517 in the backing layer is positioned such that the loop 515 extends through and beyond the aperture 517 in a direction away from the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
  • the backing layer 130 is attached to the electrode 107 with stitching 139
  • FIGS 22(a)-22(d) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated m FIGS 15(a)-15(b) This embodiment comprises a backing layer 610, however, that lacks the integrated fin 120 illustrated in FIGS 15 (a)- 15(b)
  • FIG 22(a) illustrates a top plan view of the backing layer 610 of this embodiment prior to its attachment to the rest of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the backing layer 610 is cut in a pattern as shown
  • the backing layer comprises a first surface 131 , a second surface 132 (not shown), a distal end 137, a proximal end 138, a first side 133, a second side 134 and an indented fin-forming region 620
  • the indented fin-forming region 620 comprises a first edge 690 and a second edge 691
  • the backing layer 610 is formed so that the first side 133 and the second side 134 are substantially parallel and of substantially the same size as the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • the proximal end 138 is formed so that it is substantially pe ⁇ endicular to the first side 133 and the second side 134 of the backing layer 610
  • the proximal end 138 is longer than the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 by a length A
  • the backing layer 610 has a varying width C measured from its distal end 137 to its proximal end 138 along a line parallel to its first side 133
  • the backing layer is divided into three sections A first backing section 693, a second backing section 692 and an indented fin-forming region 620 of length A
  • the length of the fin-forming region 620, A is approximately 10 mm In other embodiments, the length of the fin-formmg region 620, A, ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 20 mm
  • the area withm the indented fin-formmg region 620 is equally divided into a first fin area 612 and a second fin area 615
  • the dividing line 617 between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 is substantially parallel to the first side 133
  • the width, C, of the backing layer 610 is equal to the distance between the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 except in the indented fin-formmg region 620
  • the width, C, of the backing layer 610 is B
  • the width, B, of the backing layer 610 in the fm- forming region 620 is approximately 1 cm
  • the width, B, of the backing layer 610 in the fin-forming region 620 ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In other embodiments, however, the fin-formmg region 620 ranges between 2 mm and the width, C, of the backing layer 610 In other embodiments, the fin-formmg region 620 is longer than the width, C, of the backing layer 610
  • a first notch 136(a) is formed on the distal end 137 the first edge 690 of the fin-formmg region
  • a second notch 136(b) is formed on the distal end 137 the second edge 691 of the fin-forming region 620 of the backing layer 130
  • the backing layer 610 in this embodiment is formed of flexible sihcone In alternative embodiments the backing layer 610 is formed of any bio-compatible, flexible polymeric material
  • FIG 22(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment
  • the backing layer 610 is attached to the electrode 107, so that the first edge 690 and a second edge 691 of the fin-forming region 620 of the backing layer 610 meet This causes the backing layer 610 in the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 to fold together to form a fin 120
  • FIG 22(c) illustrates a side plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment Stitching 660 holds the first fin area 612 and a second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 together to form the fin 120
  • FIG 22(d) illustrates a front plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment
  • the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the first fin area 612 and a second fin area 615
  • the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to either first fin area 612 or the second fin area 615
  • the fin 120 is similarly reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material
  • FIGS 22(e) and 22(f) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 22(a)-22(d)
  • the backing layer 610 is substantially similar to the backing layer 610 illustrated in FIG 22(a)
  • the backing layer 610 in this embodiment is cut along line 617
  • the fin 120 of this embodiment comprises a proximal edge 129
  • the proximal edge 129 of the fin 120 is slope-shaped The sloped shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the fin 120 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient
  • FIGS 23(a) and 23(b) illustrate a property of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 22(e) and 22(f)
  • the backing layer 610 is flexible, such that the substantially planar fin 120 formed therefrom is flexible and able to fold Because the ability of the fin 120 to fold effectively reduces its appendage height, it may make the fin more comfortable to the patient after it is implanted
  • FIG 23(a) shows fin 120 in an upright condition When pressure is applied pe ⁇ endicular to the first surface 131 of backing layer in the first fin area 612, along line 677 for example, the fin 120 folds as shown in FIG 23(b) When the fin 120 folds, its appendage height, H ApP e Consumd a g e , is reduced This can be seen by a comparison between FIG 23(a) and FIG 23(b)
  • the backing layer 610 m this embodiment is formed of a polymeric material In an alternative embodiment, the backing layer 610 is formed of any bio-compatible, flexible polymeric material
  • FIGS 24(a)-24(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 22(a)-22(d)
  • the material from the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 is not fastened together with stitching 660 in this embodiment
  • the resulting appendage 118 is formed in the shape of a tube
  • the backing layer 610 is coupled to the electrode 107 such that the material from the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 does not touch except at the dividing line 617 between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615
  • the separation between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 can allow the appendage 1 18 of this embodiment to be highly flexible This flexibility can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the appendage 1 18 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient
  • FIG. 24(b) illustrates a side plan view of the embodiment illustrated in FIG 24(a)
  • the appendage 118 of this embodiment comprises a proximal edge 129
  • the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118 is slope-shaped. The sloped shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the appendage 118 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient.
  • the proximal edge 129 of the tube formed by the appendage 1 18 is closed.
  • the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118 is closed by a cap (not shown).
  • the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118 is closed with stitching placed between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 only at the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118.
  • the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 1 18 is closed by any other means known in the art for this pu ⁇ ose
  • FIG. 24(b) illustrates a top plan view of the embodiment illustrated m FIGS. 24(a)-24(b)
  • FIGS 25(a)-25(d) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 15(a)-15(b).
  • the backing layer 130 of this embodiment lacks an integrated fin 120.
  • FIG. 25(a) illustrates a front plan view of the lead electrode assembly.
  • the fin 120 in this embodiment comprises a fin head 700 and flexible joining material 702.
  • the fin head 700 comprises a rectangular sheet having a first face 705, a second face 706, a first end 710 and a second end 712.
  • the fin head 700 further comprises a height measured along the first face 705 between the first end 710 and the second end 712 and a length measured pe ⁇ endicular to its height.
  • the fin head 700 is made of rigid sihcone, which has a high durometer In alternate embodiments, the fin head 700 is composed of any rigid bio-compatible material, such as a ngid bio- compatible polymeric material.
  • the flexible joining material 702 comprises a rectangular sheet having a first face 720, a second face 721 , a first end 718 and a second end 719.
  • the flexible joining material 702 further comprises a height measured along the first face between the first end 718 and the second end 719
  • the flexible joining material 702 also comprises a length measured pe ⁇ endicular to its height The length of the flexible joining material 702 is the same as the length of fin head 700
  • the second end 712 of the second face 706 of the fin head 700 is attached to the first end 718 of the first face 720 of the flexible joining material 702
  • the fin head 700 is attached to the flexible joining material 702 with stitching 725.
  • the flexible joining material 702 is attached to the backing material 130 with stitching 730.
  • the flexible joining material 702 is made of flexible sihcone It will be recognized by one skilled in the art, however, that the flexible joining material 702 may be made from many other flexible materials, such as a flexible polymeric material
  • FIG 25(b) illustrates a property of the fin 120.
  • FIG. 25(c) illustrates a top planar view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 25(a) and 25(b) Neither the corners of the electrode 107 nor the comers 735 of the backing layer 130 of this embodiment are rounded In an alternate embodiment, both the comers of the electrode 107 and the comers 735 of the backing layer 130 of this embodiment are rounded.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 25(a)-25(d).
  • the backing layer 130 of this embodiment lacks a fin head 700 and flexible joining material 702.
  • the appendage 1 18 in this embodiment comprises a tube 740 having an interior 755, an exterior 756, a proximal end 757 and a distal end 758
  • the tube comprises a sheet of material 750
  • the sheet of material 750 is substantially rectangular having a first pair of sides 751, a second pair of sides 752, a first surface 753 and a second surface 754
  • the sheet of material 750 is folded so that its first pair of sides 751 abut each other
  • the folded sheet of material 750 forms a tube 740
  • the first surface 753 of the sheet of material 750 faces the interior 755 of the tube 740
  • the second surface 754 of the sheet of material 750 faces the exterior of the tube 756
  • the second pair of sides 752 of the sheet of material 750 are folded in a circular shape to form the proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 740
  • the diameter of the circular proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 756 is approximately 5 mm In alternate embodiments, the diameter range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm
  • the length of the tube 756 as measured between the proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 756 is approximately 1 cm In alternate embodiments, length of the tube 756 ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm
  • the second surface 754 of the sheet of material 750 is attached to the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130
  • the first pair of sides 751 of the sheet of material 750 are attached to the backing layer 130 with stitching 760
  • the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed In one embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed by a cap (not shown) In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed by holding one of the second pair of sides 752 of the sheet of material 750 closed with stitching In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed by any other means known in the art for this pu ⁇ ose
  • appendage 118 some alternative embodiments comprises a tube with a shape other than a cylinder
  • a tube with a shape other than cylindrical is illustrated below in FIG 27
  • FIG 27 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIG 26
  • the tube 740 comprising a sheet of material 750, however, is absent from this embodiment
  • the appendage 118 of this embodiment comprises a tube 770 having an intenor 755 an exterior 756, a proximal end 757 and a distal end 758
  • the tube comprises a first sheet of material 775, a second sheet of material 776 and a third sheet of material 777
  • the first sheet of material 775, the second sheet of material 776 and the third sheet of material 777 are all substantially rectangular in shape.
  • Each comprises a first pair of sides 784, a second pair of sides 786, a first surface 788 and a second surface 789
  • the first pair of sides 784 of each sheet of material are parallel to each other.
  • the first pair of sides 784 of each sheet of material are non-parallel
  • the second pair of sides 786 of each sheet of material are parallel to each other.
  • the second pair of sides 786 of each sheet of material are non-parallel
  • the first pairs of sides 784 of each sheet of material are attached to the first pair of sides 784 of the other sheets of material In this way the second pair of sides 786 of the first sheet of material 775, the second sheet of material 776 and the third sheet of material 777 form a triangular shaped proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 770
  • the sheets of material are attached to each other such that the second surface 789 of each sheet of material faces the interior 755 of the tube 770
  • the sheets of material are attached to each other with stitching 791
  • the height of the tube 770 is approximately 5 mm In alternate embodiments, the height ranges between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm
  • the length of the tube 770 as measured between the proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 770 is approximately 1 cm In alternate embodiments, length of the tube 770 ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In one embodiment, the tube 770 is substantially as long as the electrode 107
  • the second sheet of material 776 is attached to the backing layer 130 with stitching 790
  • the first surface 788 of the second sheet of material 776 s positioned next to the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130.
  • some or all of the sheets of material are reinforced with a layer of
  • the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed In one embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed by a cap In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed by holding the sides 786 of the first sheet of material 775, the second sheet of material 776 and the third sheet of material 777 that form the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 together with stitching In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed by any other means known in the art for this pu ⁇ ose
  • FIGS 28(a)-28(d) illustrate various possible positions for the appendage 1 18 relative to the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 Additionally, up to this point, all embodiments of the electrode 107 illustrated and discussed have had a rectangular shape These figures illustrate alternative embodiments with electrodes 107 of different shapes
  • the interface line is defined as the center line of the appendage 1 18 as traced on the electrode 107
  • FIG 28(a) illustrates the interface line 800 of the appendage 1 18 of a lead electrode assembly 100
  • the line of the lead is defined as the line along which the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 enters the lead fastener 146
  • the line of the lead 805 of line 21 is shown as it enters the lead fastener 146 (in phantom)
  • the closest section 807 of the lead 21 forms the line of the lead
  • the entire lead 21 lies along the line of the lead
  • FIG 28(b) illustrates an embodiment wherein the lead 21 is not bent and the entire lead 21 lies along the line of the lead 805
  • the electrode length, L E ⁇ ec >de is the length of the electrode 107 as measured along the interface
  • the interface line 800 is the same line as the line of the lead 805 In the embodiment shown in FIG 28(a) the interface line 800 is parallel with the line of the lead 805 In the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 shown in FIG. 28(d), the interface line 800 intersects the lead fastener 146 (phantom view)
  • FIGS. 28(e)-28(h) show various additional electrode shapes disposed in various lead electrode assemblies 100
  • the electrode shapes are not limited, however, to the shapes specifically illustrated
  • the electrode 204 depicted in FIG 28(e) has a "thumbnail" shape
  • the proximal end 104 of this electrode 107 is generally rounded As the electrode 107 moves distally along its length, the conductive surface terminates at the distal end 103 of the electrode 107
  • FIG. 28(f) An ellipsoidal shaped electrode 107 is depicted in FIG. 28(f).
  • the proximal end 104 of the ellipsoidal shaped electrode 107 is generally rounded.
  • the conductive surface terminates in a rounded distal end 103.
  • a circular shaped electrode 107 is illustrated in FIG 28(g).
  • Triangular shaped electrodes 107 also inco ⁇ orate electrodes that are substantially triangular in shape. In particular to FIG 28(h), the comers of the triangular shaped electrode 107 are rounded
  • lead electrode assembly manipulation tools 927 have been developed to manipulate the lead electrode assemblies during their surgical implantation
  • FIG. 29 illustrates an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 comprises an enhanced hemostat 930 used to manipulate lead electrode assemblies 100 comprising an eyelet during their implantation in patients.
  • the enhanced hemostat 930 comprises the following components a hemostat having a first prong 931, a second prong 932, a hinge 939 and an eyelet pm 940.
  • the first prong 931 is attached to the second prong 932 by the hinge 939
  • the eyelet pin is attached to the second prong 932.
  • the first prong 931 comprises a first end 933 and a second end 934
  • the second prong 932 comprises a first end 935 and a second end 936
  • the first prong and second prong are approximately 75 cm long and curved with a radius of approximately 30 cm.
  • the curvature of the hemostat does not have a radius of approximately 30 cm, but instead approximates the curvature of the thorax of a patient
  • the curvature of the hemostat approximates the curvature of the thorax of a patient along a subcutaneous path taken from the anterior axillary line, posteriorly toward the spine
  • the first prong 931 is pivotally attached to the second prong 932 by the hinge 939
  • the hinge is attached to the first prong 931 approximately 10 cm from the first end 933
  • the hinge is attached to the second prong 932 approximately 10 cm from the second end 935
  • the eyelet pm 940 can be inserted through the eyelet 301 of a fin 120 of the lead electrode assembly 100 such as the lead electrode assembly 100 discussed with reference to FIG 17(a)- 17(g) as a means of capturing the lead electrode assembly 100 prior to its implantation in a patient
  • the eyelet pm 940 is a cylindrical member having a first end 941 and a second end 942 In an alternate embodiment, the eyelet pm 940 is a hook-shaped member
  • the diameter of the cylinder is approximately 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the diameter of the cylinder ranges from approximately
  • the length of the eyelet pm 940 is approximately 8 mm In alternate embodiments, the length of the eyelet pin 940 ranges from approximately 4 to approximately 15 mm
  • the first end of the eyelet pm 940 is attached to the second prong 932, approximately 8 mm from the second end 936 of the second prong 932 In alternate embodiments, the eyelet pm 940 is attached to the second prong 932 at various lengths from the second end 936 of the second prong 932
  • the eyelet pm 940 is attached to the second prong 932 in an orientation pe ⁇ endicular to the length of the second prong 932
  • the eyelet pin 940 is attached to the second prong 932 so that it extends away from the second end 934 of the first prong 931
  • all of the components are made of stainless steel
  • some or all of the components are composed metals other than stainless steel or are composed of a polymeric material
  • FIGS. 30(a) and 30(b) illustrate an embodiment of the S-ICD system implanted in a patient as a means of providing cardioversion defibrillation energy
  • FIG. 30(a) is a perspective view of a patient's ⁇ bcage with an implanted S-ICD system
  • the S- ICD canister 1 1 is implanted subcutaneously in the anterior thorax outside the ⁇ bcage 1031 of the patient, left of the sternum 920 in the area over the fifth ⁇ b 1038 and sixth nb 1036.
  • the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is physically connected to the S-ICD canister 11 where the transthoracic cardiac pacing energy or effective cardiove ⁇ on/defib ⁇ llation shock energy (effective energy) is generated.
  • effective energy as used this specification can encompass various terms such as field strength, current density and voltage gradient.
  • the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 travels from the S-ICD canister 11 to the electrode 107, which is implanted subcutaneously in the postenor thorax outside the ⁇ bcage 1031 of the patient in the area over the eighth ⁇ b 1030 and ninth ⁇ b 1034
  • the electrode 107 may alternately be implanted subcutaneously anywhere in the posterior thorax outside the ⁇ bcage 1031 of the patient in the area over the third ⁇ b 1030 and the twelfth nb 1034.
  • the bottom surface 1 15 of the electrode 107 faces the ⁇ bcage
  • the electrode or active surface 15 (phantom view) of the canister 1 1 also faces the ⁇ bcage.
  • FIG. 30(b) is a cross-sectional side plan view of the patient's ⁇ b cage. Here it is seen that the lead
  • FIG. 31 and FIGS. 32(a)-32(d) illustrate aspects of this method.
  • an incision 905 is made in the patient 900 in the anterior thorax between the patient's third and fifth nb, left of the sternum 920
  • the incision can alternately be made in any location between the patient's third and twelfth ⁇ b
  • the incision can be made vertically (as shown), horizontally or angulated In order to minimize scarring, the incision can be made along Langher's lines.
  • FIG 32(a) shows a bottom view cross-section of the patient 900, along the line 32(a) shown in FIG 31
  • a hemostat 930, with prongs 932 is introduced into the incision 905
  • the hemostat 930 is inserted with its prongs together without anything gripped between them.
  • the prongs 932 of the hemostat 930 are pushed through the fat 1050 between the skin 1055 of the thorax and the ribcage 1031 to create a subcutaneous path 1090
  • the prongs 932 of the hemostat 930 can alternately be pushed beneath the fat 1050 that lies between the skin 1055 of the thorax and the ribcage 1031 to create a subcutaneous path 1090 between the fat 1050 and the ribcage 1031.
  • the hemostat is moved around the ribcage 1031 until the subcutaneous path 1090 reaches within approximately 10 cm of the spine 1035 between the eighth nb 1030 and ninth nb 1034 (this location is best seen in FIG. 30(a)) between the skm 1055 and the ribcage 1031.
  • the subcutaneous path 1090 can alternately be made to reach any location between the skin 1055 and the ribcage 1031 between the patient's third and twelfth ⁇ b
  • the hemostat 930 is then withdrawn Alternately, the hemostat 930 can be moved around the ribcage 1031 until the subcutaneous path 1090 terminates at a termination point 1085 at which a line 1084 drawn from the termination point 1085 to the incision 905 would intersect the heart 910
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 and hemostat tongs 932 are introduced to the subcutaneous path 1090 and pushed through the subcutaneous path until the lead electrode assembly 100 reaches the termination point 1085 of the path
  • the appendage 1 18 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the tongs 932 of the hemostat 930
  • the hemostat 930 is then withdrawn from the subcutaneous path 1090.
  • the enhanced hemostat 930 seen in FIG 29 is used to introduce the lead electrode assembly 100 into the subcutaneous path 1090 created as discussed above
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is attached to the enhanced hemostat 930 as shown in FIG. 32(d).
  • Eyelet pm 1108 is inserted through the eyelet 301 m the fin 120 of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the enhanced hemostat 930 is then used to introduce the lead electrode assembly 100 into the subcutaneous path 1090, as shown in FIG. 32(c).
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is then moved through the subcutaneous path 1090 until the electrode 107 reaches the end of the path 1085.
  • FIGS 33(a)-33(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)-17(g)
  • the backing layer 130 of this embodiment lacks an integrated fin tab 180
  • the appendage 118 of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment comprises a rail 1100
  • FIG 33(a) illustrates the rail 1 100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment
  • the rail 1 100 is a member attached to the electrode 107 that can be captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool and used to precisely locate the electrode 107 during its surgical implantation within the patient
  • the rail 1100 comprises three sections a foundation 1105, a riser 1110 and a head 1115
  • the foundation 1105 is separated from the head 1115 by the riser 1125
  • the foundation 1 105 comprises a flat, substantially planar member, comprising a first pair of sides 1106 and a second pair of sides 1107
  • the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1 105 are substantially linear and substantially parallel
  • the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1105 are neither linear nor parallel
  • the length of the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1 105 is approximately 2 cm
  • the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the foundation 1105 ranges from approximately 2 mm to approximately 6 cm
  • the first pair of sides 1106 of the foundation 1105 are as long as the electrode 107 (not shown) of the lead electrode assembly 100 (not shown)
  • the second pair of sides 1107 of the foundation 1 105 are substantially linear and substantially parallel In an alternate embodiment, the second pair of sides 1107 of the foundation 1 105 are neither linear nor parallel
  • the length of the second pair of sides 1107 of the foundation 1105 is approximately 1 cm In alternate embodiments, the length of the second pair of sides 1 107 of the foundation 1 105 ranges from approximately 0 5 cm to approximately 3 cm
  • the foundation 1105 further compnses a top surface 1120 and a bottom surface 1121
  • the foundation 1105 has a thickness, measured as the distance between the top surface 1 120 and the bottom surface 1121
  • the thickness of the foundation 1105 is 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the thickness of the foundation 1105 ranges between approximately 1 mm and approximately 5 mm
  • the riser 1 1 10 comprises a flat, substantially planar protrusion from the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1105 of the rail 1 100
  • the ⁇ ser comprises a first face 1125, a second face 1 126, a top 1 127, a bottom 1 128, a proximal end 1123 and a distal end 1124
  • the first face 1 125 and second face 1126 are parallel to each other and pe ⁇ endicular to the top surface 1120 of the foundation 1105
  • the first face 1 125 and a second face 1 126 of the nser 1 1 10 are parallel to the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1 105.
  • the bottom 1 128 of the ⁇ ser 1 110 joins the foundation 1105 in a position centered between the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1105.
  • the proximal end 1123 of the riser 1110 and the distal end 1124 of the riser 1110 are parallel to each other and pe ⁇ endicular to the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1 105 In other embodiments, the proximal end 1 123 of the ⁇ ser 1 1 10 and the distal end 1124 of the riser 1110 are not parallel to each other
  • the proximal end 1123 of the riser 11 10 is not pe ⁇ endicular the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1 105. Instead, the proximal end 1 123 of the riser 1 1 10 is sloped, so that the proximal end 1123 and the distal end 1124 of the ⁇ ser 1 1 10 are closer at the top 1127 of the riser 1 1 10 than at the bottom 1128 of the riser A slanted proximal end 1123 make the rail 1 100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 offer less resistance against the tissues of the patient during insertion into the patient
  • the height of the riser, H Rlser ⁇ is measured as the distance between the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1105 to the head 1115, pe ⁇ endicular to the top surface 1120 of the foundation 1105
  • the height of the riser is approximately 5 mm. In alternate embodiments, the height of the riser ranges from approximately 1 mm to approximately 10 mm.
  • the ⁇ ser 11 10 has a width, measured as the distance between the first face 1125 and the second face 1126.
  • the width of the riser 1110 is 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the width of the nser 11 10 ranges from approximately 1 mm to approximately 6 mm
  • the head 1 115 is a flat, substantially planar member
  • the head 1 1 15 comprises a first pair of sides 1136, a second pair of sides 1 137, a top surface 1116 and a bottom surface 1117 (not shown)
  • the first pair of sides 1 136 and the second pair of sides 1137 of the head 1 1 15 are substantially linear and substantially parallel
  • the first pair of sides 1136 of the head 11 15 are neither linear nor parallel.
  • the second pair of sides 1 137 of the head 1115 are neither linear nor parallel
  • the length of the first pair of sides 1 136 of the head 1 115 is equal to the length of the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1105. In alternate embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 1 136 of the head 1 1 15 is unequal to the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the foundation 1 105.
  • the length of the second pair of sides 1 137 of the head 1 1 15 is approximately 5 mm. In alternate embodiments, the length of the second pair of sides 1137 of the head 1 1 15 ranges from approximately 3 mm to approximately 10 mm
  • the bottom surface 1117 of the head 11 15 joins the top 1 127 of the riser 1110 opposite the foundation 1105 of the rail 1100.
  • the top surface 11 16 and the bottom surface 11 17 of the head 1 1 15 are parallel to the top surface 1120 of the foundation 1105.
  • the top surface 1 1 16 and the bottom surface 1117 of the head 1 1 15 are not parallel to the top surface 1 120 of the foundation
  • the head 1 115 has a thickness, measured as the distance between the top surface 1 1 16 and the bottom surface 1117 of the head 1115.
  • the thickness of the head 1 115 is approximately 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the thickness of the head ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 10 mm.
  • the foundation 1105, the head 1 1 15 and the riser 11 10 are made of stainless steel.
  • some or all of the sections of the rail 1100 are made of metals other than stainless steel.
  • some or all of the sections of the rail 1100 are made of a polymeric material wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone and mixtures thereof.
  • the foundation 1105, the head 1115 and the ⁇ ser 1110 are machined from the same piece of material In an alternate embodiment, some or all of the sections are formed independently and welded to the others.
  • the rail 1 100 is positioned so that its bottom surface 1121 is adjacent to and covers a region of the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130.
  • the rail is centered between the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130 In an alternate embodiment, the rail is not centered between the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130.
  • the electrode 107 is the same shape and size as the electrode 107 discussed with reference to FIGS 17(a)-(g)
  • the length of the first pair of sides 108 (not shown) and second pair of sides 109 (not shown) of the electrode 107 range independently between approximately 1 cm and approximately 5 cm
  • the skirt 222 of the molded cover 220 partially covers the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 as discussed with reference to FIG. 17(d).
  • the molded cover 220 further substantially covers the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130.
  • the molded cover 220 does not cover the first surface 131 of the backing layer 220 in the region in which the bottom surface 1 121 of the rail 1 100 is adjacent to the backing layer 130. Instead, the molded cover 220 in this region substantially covers the top surface 1120 of the rail 1 100.
  • the molded cover 220 abuts the first face 1125 and second face 1126 of the riser 1110 of the rail 1100
  • the interface line 800 of the appendage 118 and the line of the lead 805 are the same line. In an alternate embodiment, interface line 800 of the appendage 118 and the line of the lead 805 are not the same line
  • the line of the lead 805 is centered between the first pair of sides 108 (phantom view) of the electrode 107 (phantom view) In an alternate embodiment, the line of the lead 805 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • FIG 34 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 33(a)-33(c). In this embodiment, however, the dimensions of the electrode 107 are different from those of the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 33(a)-33(c)
  • the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 are approximately 2 4 cm in length.
  • the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are approximately 4 cm in length.
  • the length of the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 range independently between approximately 1 cm and approximately 5 cm.
  • the interface line 800 of the rail 1100 is parallel to the line of the lead 805 In an alternate embodiment, the interface line 800 of the rail 1110 is not parallel to the line of the lead 805
  • the interface line 800 of the rail 1 100 is centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 In an alternate embodiment, the interface line 800 of the rail 1 100 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • the line of the lead 805 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 Because the lead 805 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107, the lead rail 1 110 may be more easily accessed by a lead electrode manipulation tool (not shown) In an alternate embodiment, the line of the lead 805 is centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
  • FIG 35 illustrates a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 useful for manipulating a lead electrode assembly (not shown) having an appendage 118 comprising a rail 1100 during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100 in a patient Examples of such lead electrode assembly 100 embodiments are shown in FIGS 33(a)-33(c) and 34
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 comprises a handle 1 142, a rod 1144 and a rail fork 1146
  • the handle 1142 is connected to the rod 1144
  • the rail fork 1146 is also connected to the rod 1 144
  • the rod 1 144 is a cylindrical member with a diameter of approximately 4 mm, approximately 25 cm in length, having a proximal end 1147 and a distal end 1148
  • the rod 1144 is curved with a radius of approximately 20 cm
  • the rod is made of steel In other embodiments, the rod is composed of titanium, a polymeric material or any other material suitable for this pu ⁇ ose
  • the handle 1142 is a cylindrical member with a diameter sized to fit comfortably in the palm of a surgeon's hand
  • the rod is connected to the proximal end 1147 of the rod 1 144
  • the handle 1142 is not cylindrical
  • the handle 1142 has ergodynamic contours
  • the handle is made of polyurethane
  • the handle is made of any metal, or any polymeric material suitable for this pu ⁇ ose
  • the rail fork 1 146 is attached to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144
  • the rod further comprises a slot 1162 in its distal end
  • the rail fork comprises a pair of tines 1151 separated by a gap 1 153 and a tme base 1160 having a tang 1161
  • Each of the pair of tines 1151 has a proximal end 1 154 and a distal end 1155 The proximal ends
  • each of the pair of tines 1151 has a substantially rectangular form with straight inner sides 1 156 and straight outer sides 1 157
  • the distal ends 1155 of each of the pair of tines 1 151 are rounded
  • the length of the pair of tines 1151, measured from the distal end 1 155 to the proximal end 1154, is substantially equal to the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the rail 1100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 In alternate embodiments, the length of the pair of tines 1151 is substantially greater than or less than the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the rail 1100
  • the pair of fines 1 151 are separated by a gap 1153 formed by the inner sides 1 156 of the pair of tines 1 151 and the fine base 1160
  • the pair of tines 1 151 and the tme base 1160 comprising the rail fork 1 146 are punched from a single sheet of steel having a thickness of approximately 3 mm
  • the rail fork 1 146 is composed of titanium, a polymeric material or any other material suitable for this pu ⁇ ose
  • the handle 1142, the rod 1 144 and the rail fork 1146 are all made from the same piece of material
  • FIG 35(c) illustrates a side plan view of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927
  • the rod 1 144 further comprises a slot 1162 in its distal end 1148
  • the tme base 1160 connects the pair of tines 1151 to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144
  • the tme base 1160 comprises a tang 1 161 (phantom view)
  • the tang 1161 is inserted m the slot 1162 in the rod 1144
  • the tang 1161 is welded in the slot
  • an incision 905 is made in the patient 900
  • a subcutaneous path 1090 is created in the patent 900 with a hemostat 932
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is then captured by the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927.
  • the rail 1110 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is inserted into the rail fork 1146 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927
  • the ⁇ ser 1110 (phantom view) of the rail is placed into the gap 1 153 between the pair of tines 1 151 of the rail fork 1 146.
  • the pair of tines 1 151 fit between the bottom surface 1 1 17 of the head 1 1 15 of the rail 1 100 and the molded cover 220
  • the rail 1100 is slid toward the proximal end 1155 of the pair of tmes 1 151 until the riser 1110 of the rail 1 100 reaches the fine base 1160 of the rail fork 1146.
  • the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 can then be pulled in toward the handle 1 142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 until it is taught. This acts to prevent the rail 1100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 from sliding toward the distal end 1151 of the pair of tines 1151 of the rail fork 1 146.
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to place the lead electrode assembly 100 into the incision 905 of the patient 900 and used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 To achieve this, the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is released so that the pair of tines 1 151 of the rail fork 1146 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 can slide relative to the rail 1100 of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be extracted from the subcutaneous path 1090, leaving the lead electrode assembly 100 behind
  • FIGS. 36(a)-36(b) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)- 17(g).
  • the backing layer 130 of this embodiment lacks an integrated fin tab 180.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a pocket 1300.
  • FIG. 36(a) illustrates a cross-sectional side plan view of this embodiment.
  • the pocket 1300 comprises a layer of material 1315 and stitching 360.
  • the pocket further comprises an interior 1305 and an opening 1310
  • the layer of material 1315 is attached to the molded cover 220 with the stitching 360
  • the molded cover 220 is, in turn, attached to the electrode 107.
  • the molded cover 220 comprises an outer surface 1330 and a top surface 1331
  • the outer surface 1330 of the molded cover 220 is the surface of the molded cover 220 that does not lie adjacent to the backing layer 131 or the electrode 107.
  • the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 faces away from, and parallel to the electrode 107.
  • the layer of material 1315 of the pocket 1300 comprises an inner face 1316 and an outer face 1317.
  • the layer of material 1315 is attached to the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 so that the inner face 1316 of the layer of material 1315 faces the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the inner face 1316 of the layer of material 1315 also faces the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107
  • the layer of material 1315 is made of polyurethane In other embodiments, the layer of material 1315 is made of any bio-compatible material suitable for this pu ⁇ ose. In other embodiments, the layer of material 1315 is made of any bio-compatible polymeric material.
  • the stitching 360 fastening the layer of material 1315 to the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 is comprised of nylon.
  • the stitching 360 comprises any polymeric material.
  • FIG. 36(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of FIG. 36(a).
  • the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 has a first side 1333, a second side 1334, a distal end 1336, a proximal end 1337, a length and a width.
  • the distal end 1336, proximal end 1337, first side 1333 and second side 1334 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 are positioned substantially over the distal end 137 (phantom view), proximal end 138 (phantom view), first side 133 (not shown) and second side 134 (not shown) of the backing layer 130 (phantom view) respectively.
  • the width of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 is measured as the distance between the first side 1333 and second side 1334 of the back surface.
  • the length of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover is measured as the distance between the distal end 1336 and proximal end 1337 of the molded cover 220.
  • the layer of material 1315 comprises a periphery 1318 and a middle portion 1319. More particularly, the layer of material 1315 comprises a distal end 1320, a proximal end 1321 , a first side 1322 and a second side 1323.
  • the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315 comprises the distal end 1320, the proximal end 1321, the first side 1322 and the second side 1323 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315 comprises the area between the distal end 1320, the proximal end 1321, the first side 1322 and the second side 1323 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the pocket 1300 formed by the layer of material 1315 further comprises a bounded region 1325 and a center 1326.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 is attached to the back face 1317 of the molded cover 220.
  • the center 1326 of the pocket 1300 is not attached to the back face 1317 of the molded cover 220.
  • Stitching 360 in the bounded region 1325 is used to attach the layer of material 1315 to the molded cover 220
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises a portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises the proximal end 1321, the first side 1322 and the second side 1323 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not comprise the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the center 1326 of the pocket 1300 comprises the middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the bounded region 1325 is curved around the center 1326 of the pocket 1300 in a "U" shape.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not completely enclose the center 1326 of the pocket 1300.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket comprises a contiguous portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket comprises a plurality of segmented portions of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not comprise any portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315
  • the bounded region 1325 comprises any shape that could be traced on the layer of material 1315 that partially encloses a center 1326
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 is a portion of a circle's circumference (not shown) that does not touch the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315
  • the center 1326 is the area mside the circle
  • the pocket 1300 comprises a sheet of molded sihcone.
  • the molded sihcone is fused to the molded cover 220 in the bounded region 1325.
  • the opening 1310 of the pocket 1300 comprises the area between the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315 and the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300 comprises the area between the middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315 and the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the layer of material 1315 is positioned so that its first side 1322 and second side 1323 are positioned over the first side 1333 and second side 1334 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 respectively
  • the layer of material 1315 is positioned so that its proximal end 1321 is positioned over the proximal end 1337 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the layer of material 1315 is sized so that its length is shorter than the length of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 In alternate embodiments, the layer of material 1315 is sized so that its length is equal to, or longer than the length of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the proximal end 1321 of the layer of material 1315 is sized so that its width is substantially equal to the width of the proximal end 1337 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the layer of matenal 1315 is sized so that its width steadily increases toward its distal end 1320
  • the first side 1318 of the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315 is fastened to the first side 1333 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the second side 1323 of the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315 is fastened to the second side 1334 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the layer of material 1315 separates from the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 to form the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 lacks a molded cover 220 and the pocket 1300 is attached directly to the backing layer 130 In another alternate embodiment the lead electrode assembly 100 lacks a molded cover 220 and a backing layer 130 and the pocket 1300 is attached directly to the electrode 107 In a further alternate embodiment, the pocket 1300 is molded as part of the molded cover 220
  • FIG 36(c) illustrates a cross-sectional side plan view of an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 36(a)-36(b)
  • the backing layer 130 of this embodiment further comprises a fin 120 positioned in the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300
  • the fin 120 of this embodiment is substantially similar to the fin 120 of the embodiment illustrated in FIG 17(b)
  • the fin 120 comprises an integrated fin tab 180 formed on the backing layer 130
  • the molded cover 220 covers the integrated fin tab 180 to form the fin 120
  • the integrated fin tab 180 has a slope- shaped proximal edge 183
  • the sloped-shape of the resulting fin 120 permits a the fin 120 to fit deeply into the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300
  • the hood can act to reduce the resistance presented by the tissues of the patient against the fin 120 and any tool used to grasp the fin 120 during insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 Such a hood can be placed over any fin discussed in the specification to perform this function or any other function
  • appendages other than a fin are positioned between the pocket 1300 and the electrode 107, in the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300
  • a loop such as that discussed with reference to FIGS 21(a)-21(c) is positioned in the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300
  • a tube such as that discussed with reference to FIG 26 is positioned in the interior
  • FIG 37(a) and 37(b) illustrates an alternate embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 36(a)-36(b)
  • FIG 37(a) illustrates a bottom plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment
  • the electrode 107 is thumbnail shaped
  • FIG 37(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment
  • the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 is shaped to accommodate the thumbnail shaped electrode 107
  • the pocket 1300 comprises a layer of material 1315
  • the layer of material 1315 has a roughly triangular shape
  • the layer of material 1315 comprises a periphery 1318 and a middle portion 1319 More particularly, the layer of material compnses a first side 1340, a second side 1341 and a third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315
  • the periphery 1318 of the layer of material comp ⁇ ses the first side 1340, the second side 1341 and the third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315
  • the middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315 comprises the area between the first side 1340, the second side 1341 and the third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises a portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises the first side 1340 and the second side 1341 of the layer of material 1315
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises the
  • the opening 1310 of the pocket 1300 comprises the third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315 and the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 is curved around the center 1326 of the pocket 1300.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not completely enclose the center 1326.
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket comprises a contiguous portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315.
  • the bounded region 1325 ofthe pocket comprises a plurality of segmented portions ofthe periphery 1318 of the layer of material 131 .
  • the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not comprise any portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315.
  • FIG. 38(a)-38(c) illustrates a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927.
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated is useful for manipulating a lead electrode assembly 100 having a pocket 1300 during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100 in a patient Examples of such a lead electrode assembly 100 embodiments are shown in FIGS 36(a), 36(b), 37(a) and 37(b).
  • FIG. 38(a) is a top view ofthe lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 of this embodiment
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 comprises a handle 1 142 (not shown), a rod 1144 and a paddle 1350.
  • the rod 1144 and handle 1142 are substantially similar to the rod 1144 and handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated in FIGS. 35(a)-35(d).
  • the handle 1142 is connected to the rod 1144.
  • the paddle 1350 is attached to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144.
  • the paddle 1350 comprises a disk 1351 and a tang 1 161 (phantom view)
  • FIG 38(b) is a side view of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 of this embodiment
  • the tang 1 161 is inserted in the slot 1162 in the rod 1144.
  • the tang 1 161 is welded into the slot 1162 ofthe rod 1144
  • the disk 1351 and the tang 1 161 are punched from a single sheet of steel having a thickness of approximately 3 mm.
  • the disk 1351 and tang 1 161 are composed of titanium, a polymeric material or any other material suitable for this pu ⁇ ose.
  • the handle 1142, the rod 1 144 and the paddle 1350 are all made from the same piece of material.
  • an incision 905 is made in the patient 900.
  • a subcutaneous path 1090 is created in the patient 900 with a hemostat 932.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is then captured by the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927.
  • the paddle 1350 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is inserted into the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the paddle 1350 is slid into the interior 1305 of the pocket via the opening 1310 of the pocket until it can go no further.
  • the paddle 1350 touches the inner surface 1316 ofthe proximal end 1321 ofthe layer of material 1315
  • the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 can then be pulled toward the handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 until it is taught. This acts to prevent the paddle 1350 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 from sliding out of the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to place the lead electrode assembly 100 into the incision 905 of the patient as seen m FIG 31
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090 created as discussed with reference to FIG. 32(c).
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927.
  • the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is released so that the paddle 1350 can slide relative to the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be extracted from the subcutaneous path 1090 leaving the lead electrode assembly 100 behind.
  • a curved hemostat such as the hemostat 930 discussed with reference to FIG. 32(b) could be inserted in the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100 The hemostat could then be used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090 as discussed above.
  • a curved hemostat such as the hemostat 930 discussed with reference to FIG. 32(b) could be used to grip the the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100, and used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 ofthe subcutaneous path 1090 as discussed above.
  • FIGS. 39(a)-39(b) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100.
  • This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 38(a)-38(c).
  • the backing layer 130 of this embodiment lacks a pocket 1300.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a first channel guide 1401 and a second channel guide 1402.
  • FIG 39(a) illustrates a cross-sectional rear plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment
  • the first channel guide 1401 and a second channel guide 1402 each have an interior 1403 and an opening 1404.
  • the first channel guide 1401 and the second channel guide 1402 each comprise a strip of material 1406 attached to the molded cover 220.
  • the strip of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 is substantially rectangular in shape.
  • the strip of material 1406 comprises a first side 1410 and a second side 1412.
  • the first side 1410 and the second side 1412 of the strip of material 1406 are parallel to each other In another embodiment, the first side 1410 of the strip of material 1406 is not parallel to the second side 1412.
  • the strip of material 1406 further comprises an inner surface 1417 and a outer surface 1416.
  • the stnp of material is positioned so that the inner surface 1417 of the first side 1410 faces the outer surface 1330 of the molded cover 220
  • the first side 1410 of the strip of material is attached to the first side 1333 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
  • the second side 1412 of the strip of material 1406 is attached to the skirt 222 ofthe molded cover 220.
  • the interior 1403 of the first channel guide is formed between the inner face 1417 of the strip of material 1406 and the outer surface 1330 ofthe molded cover 220
  • the second channel guide is formed in substantially the same way on the second side 1334 of the molded cover 220
  • FIG 39(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly of the embodiment of FIG.
  • the strip of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 is substantially rectangular in shape having a distal end 1413 and a proximal end 1414
  • the distal end 1413 and the proximal end 1414 of the strip of material 1406 are parallel to each other
  • the distal end 1413 of the strip of material 1406 is not parallel to the proximal end 1414 of the strip of material 1406
  • the opening 1404 of the first channel guide 1401 is formed by the distal end 1413 of the strip of material 1406 and the outer surface 1330 ofthe molded cover 220
  • the first side 1410 and the second side 1412 (not shown) of the strip of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 are positioned so that they he parallel to the first side 1333 (phantom view) of the molded cover 220
  • the second channel guide 1402 is formed and mounted to the lead electrode assembly 100 in substantially the same way as the first channel guide 1401
  • the first side 1410 and the second side 1412 (not shown) of the strip of material 1406 comprising the second channel guide 1402 are positioned so that they lie parallel to the second side 1333 (phantom view) of the molded cover 220
  • the strips of matenal 1406 are composed of polyurethane In an alternate embodiment, the strips of material 1406 are composed of any polymeric material The strips of material 1406 are fastened to the molded cover 220 with stitching 360
  • FIG 40(a)-40(b) illustrates a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated is useful for manipulating a lead electrode assembly 100 having a first channel guide 1401 and a second channel guide 1402 during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100 in a patient. Examples of such a lead electrode assembly 100 embodiments are shown m FIGS . 39(a)-39(b)
  • FIG 40(a) illustrates a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927.
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 m this embodiment comprises a handle 1 142 (not shown), a rod 1144 and a channel guide fork 1446.
  • the rod 1144 and handle 1 142 are substantially similar to the rod 1144 and handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated in FIGS 35(a)-35(d).
  • the handle 1 142 is connected to the rod 1144.
  • the channel guide fork 1446 is attached to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1144
  • the channel guide fork 1446 comprises a pair of tmes 1451 separated by a gap 1455 and a tme base 1450 having a tang 1161.
  • the pair of tmes 1451 each have a proximal end 1452 and a distal end 1453
  • the proximal ends 1452 of the pair of fines 1451 are attached to the tine base 1450
  • the pair of tmes 1451 have a substantially cylindrical form
  • the distal end 1453 of each of the pair of tmes 1451 is rounded
  • the length of the pair of fines 1451 is substantially equal to the length of the first side 1410 of the strips of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402 In alternate embodiments, the length of the tines 1451 is substantially greater than or less than the length of the first side 1410 of the strips of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402.
  • the tines are separated by a gap 1455 between the proximal ends 1452 of the pair of tines 1451.
  • the pair of fines 1451 are substantially straight and substantially parallel to each other.
  • the tine base 1450 connects the pair of tines 1451 to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144
  • the tine base 1450 comprises a tang 1161 (phantom view).
  • the tang 1 161 is inserted in a slot 1 162 in the rod 1 144.
  • the tang 1 161 is welded m the slot 1162 of the rod 1144.
  • the pair of fines 1451 comprising the channel guide fork 1446 are composed of steel and have a diameter of approximately 3 mm
  • the tme base 1450 comprising the channel guide fork 1446 is punched from a single strip of steel having a thickness of approximately 3 mm
  • the pair of tines 1451 are welded to the fine base 1450
  • the channel guide fork 1446 is composed of metal, a polymeric material, or any other material suitable for this pu ⁇ ose
  • the handle 1142, the rod 1144 and the channel guide fork 1446 are all made from the same piece of material
  • FIG 40(b) For a description of the use of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 in the implantation of a lead electrode assembly 100 into a patient
  • an incision 905 is made in the patient 900
  • a subcutaneous path 1090 is created in the patent 900 with a hemostat 932
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is then captured by the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927
  • the pair of tmes 1451 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is inserted into the openings 1404 in the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402
  • the electrode 107 is placed into the gap 1455 between the tines of the channel guide fork 1446
  • the tines 1451 fit into the interior 1403 of the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402
  • the molded cover is slid toward the proximal end 1452 ofthe tines until it can go no further
  • the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 can then be pulled in toward the handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 until it is taught This acts to prevent the lead electrode assembly 100 from sliding toward the distal end 1453 ofthe pair of tines 1451 ofthe channel guide fork 1446
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to place the lead electrode assembly 100 into the incision 905 of the patient as seen in FIG 31
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to move the electrode 107 through the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090 created as discussed with reference to FIG 32(c)
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 To achieve this, the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is released so that the pair of fines 1451 of the channel guide fork 1446 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 can slide relative to the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402 of the lead electrode assembly 100
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be extracted from the subcutaneous path 1090 leaving the lead electrode assembly 100 behind.
  • FIG 41(a) illustrates a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defib ⁇ llator kit 1201 of the present invention.
  • the kit comprises a group of items that may be used in implanting a S-ICD system in a patient
  • the kit 1201 comprises a group of one or more of the following items, an S-ICD canister 11 , a lead electrode assembly 100, a hemostat 1205, a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927, a medical adhesive 1210, an anesthetic 1215, a tube of mineral oil 1220 and a tray 1200 for storing these items.
  • the S-ICD canister 1 1 is the S-ICD canister 11 seen in, and discussed with reference to FIG. 1.
  • the lead electrode assembly 100 is the lead electrode assembly 100 with a rail 1100, and discussed with reference to FIGS. 33(b) and 33(c). In alternate embodiments, the lead electrode assembly 100 is any lead electrode assembly 100 including an electrode 107 with an appendage 1 18, a pocket; or a first and second channel guide for positioning the electrode 107 during implantation.
  • the hemostat 1205 is a curved hemostat made of steel having a first end 1240 and a second end 1241.
  • the hemostat 1205 has a length, measured between the first end 1240 and the second end 1241 as shown in FIG. 41(b) by dimension L Hemostat
  • L Hemostat The length of the hemostat 1205, L Hemostat> is approximately 75 cm.
  • the hemostat 1205 is a length other than 75 cm.
  • the hemostat 1205 is the enhanced hemostat seen in, and discussed with reference to FIG. 31.
  • the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 with a rail fork 1 146. In alternate embodiments, the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is any lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 including a paddle or a channel guide fork.
  • the medical adhesive 1210 comprises a roll of clear, 1-inch wide medical adhesive tape
  • the medical adhesive could be a liquid adhesive, or any other adhesive substance
  • the anesthetic 1215 is a one ounce tube of hdocaine gel This can be used as a local anesthetic for the introduction of the lead electrode assembly 100 as discussed below
  • the anesthetic could be any substance that has a pam-killmg effect.
  • the tube of mineral oil 1220 is a one ounce tube of mineral oil. This can be used for oiling parts of the electrode connector block 17 seen in FIG. 1.
  • the tray 1200 is a box sized to fit the items of the kit 1201.
  • the tray 1200 is composed of molded plastic.
  • the tray 1200 is a cardboard box.
  • the tray 1200 may comprise any container capable of containing the items of the kit
  • the tray is formed with recessed partitions 1230 that generally follow the outline of the items of the kit 1201 to be stored in the tray
  • the tray 1200 has packaging material 1225 disposed over it, wherein the packing material 1225 provides a sanitary cover for the items of the kit 1201.
  • the packaging matenal 1225 further acts to contain the items of the kit 1201
  • the kit 1201 comprises ten lead electrode assemblies 100 each comprising a lead 21 having a lead length, l Lcad different from the others.
  • the lead lengths range between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm with approximately a 10 cm difference between the lead length of each lead electrode assembly 100.
  • the kit 1201 comprises an S-ICD canister 11, a hemostat 1205 and an assortment of lead electrode assemblies 100 each comprising a lead 21 having a lead length, l Lead, different from the others
  • the kit 1200 further comp ⁇ ses a tray 12QJ" and an assortment of lead electrode assemblies 100, each with an electrode 107 curved at a radius r different from the others
  • the kit 1200 includes components sized for surgery on a patient of a particular size.
  • a kit 1200 for a 10 year old child for example, includes an S-ICD canister 1 1 with a length of approximately 10 cm, a lead electrode assembly 100 with a lead length, L Lead of approximately

Abstract

One embodiment of the present invention provides a lead electrode assembly for subcutaneous implantation including an electrode; at least two channel guides coupled to the electrode for positioning the lead electrode assembly.

Description

Subcutaneous Electrode for Transthoracic Conduction with Highly Maneuverable Insertion Tool
Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for performing electrical cardioversion/defibπllation and optional pacing of the heart via a totally subcutaneous non-transvenous system.
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS The present application is a continuation-m-part of U S patent application entitled
"SUBCUTANEOUS ONLY IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER-DEFIBRILLATOR AND OPTIONAL PACER," having Serial No 09/663,606, filed September 18, 2000, pending, and U.S. patent application entitled "UNITARY SUBCUTANEOUS ONLY IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER- DEFIBRILLATOR AND OPTIONAL PACER," having Serial No. 09/663,607, filed September 18, 2000, pending, of which both applications are assigned to the assignee of the present application, and the disclosures of both applications are hereby incorporated by reference.
In addition, the present application is filed concurrently herewith U S. patent application entitled "DUCKBILL-SHAPED IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER-DEFIBRILLATOR AND METHOD OF USE," U.S. patent application entitled "CERAMICS AND/OR OTHER MATERIAL INSULATED SHELL FOR ACTIVE AND NON-ACTIVE S-ICD CAN," U.S patent application entitled "SUBCUTANEOUS ELECTRODE FOR TRANSTHORACIC CONDUCTION WITH IMPROVED INSTALLATION CHARACTERISTICS," U.S. patent application entitled "SUBCUTANEOUS ELECTRODE WITH IMPROVED CONTACT SHAPE FOR TRANSTHORACIC CONDUCTION," U.S. patent application entitled "SUBCUTANEOUS ELECTRODE FOR TRANSTHORACIC CONDUCTION WITH LOW-PROFILE INSTALLATION APPENDAGE AND METHOD OF DOING SAME," U.S patent application entitled "SUBCUTANEOUS ELECTRODE FOR TRANSTHORACIC CONDUCTION WITH INSERTION TOOL," U.S patent application entitled "METHOD OF INSERTION AND IMPLANTATION FOR IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER-DEFIBRILLATOR CANISTERS," U S patent application entitled "CANISTER DESIGNS FOR IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER-DEFIBRILLATORS;' U.S. patent application entitled "RADIAN CURVED IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER-DEFIBRILLATOR CANISTER," U S patent application entitled "CARDIOVERTER-DEFIBRILLATOR HAVING A FOCUSED SHOCKING AREA AND ORIENTATION THEREOF," U.S patent application entitled "BIPHASIC WAVEFORM FOR ANTI- BRADYCARDIA PACING FOR A SUBCUTANEOUS IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER- DEFIBRILLATOR," U S. patent application entitled "BIPHASIC WAVEFORM FOR ANTI- TACHYCARDIA PACING FOR A SUBCUTANEOUS IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER- DEFIBRILLATOR," and U.S. patent application entitled "POWER SUPPLY FOR A SUBCUTANEOUS IMPLANTABLE CARDIOVERTER-DEFIBRILLATOR," the disclosures of which applications are hereby incorporated by reference.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Defϊbπllation/cardioversion is a technique employed to counter arrhythmic heart conditions including some tachycardias in the atria and/or ventricles. Typically, electrodes are employed to stimulate the heart with electrical impulses or shocks, of a magnitude substantially greater than pulses used in cardiac pacing Defibπllation/cardioversion systems include body implantable electrodes and are referred to as implantable cardioverter/defibπllators (ICDs). Such electrodes can be in the form of patches applied directly to epicardial tissue, or at the distal end regions of mtravascular catheters, inserted into a selected cardiac chamber U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,603,705, 4,693,253, 4,944,300, 5, 105,810, the disclosures of which are all incorporated herein by reference, disclose mtravascular or transvenous electrodes, employed either alone or in combination with an epicardial patch electrode Compliant epicardial defibrillator electrodes are disclosed in U.S. Pat Nos. 4,567,900 and 5,618,287, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference A sensing epicardial electrode configuration is disclosed in U.S. Pat No. 5,476,503, the disclosure of which is incoφorated herein by reference
In addition to epicardial and transvenous electrodes, subcutaneous electrode systems have also been developed. For example, U S Patent Nos. 5,342,407 and 5,603,732, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference, teach the use of a pulse monitor/generator surgically implanted into the abdomen and subcutaneous electrodes implanted in the thorax This system is far more complicated to use than current ICD systems using transvenous lead systems together with an active can electrode and therefore it has o practical use. It has in fact never been used because of the surgical difficulty of applying such a device (3 incisions), the impractical abdominal location of the generator and the electrically poor sensing and defibπllation aspects of such a system
Recent efforts to improve the efficiency of ICDs have led manufacturers to produce ICDs which are small enough to be implanted in the pectoral region. In addition, advances m circuit design have enabled the housing of the ICD to form a subcutaneous electrode. Some examples of ICDs in which the housing of the ICD serves as an optional additional electrode are described in U S Pat Nos 5,133,353, 5,261,400, 5,620,477, and 5,658,321 the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference
ICDs are now an established therapy for the management of life threatening cardiac rhythm disorders, primarily ventricular fibrillation (V-Fib) ICDs are very effective at treating V-Fib, but are therapies that still require significant surgery
As ICD therapy becomes more prophylactic in nature and used in progressively less ill individuals, especially children at πsk of cardiac arrest, the requirement of ICD therapy to use intravenous catheters and transvenous leads is an impediment to very long term management as most individuals will begin to develop complications related to lead system malfunction sometime in the 5-10 year time frame, often earlier. In addition, chronic transvenous lead systems, their reimplantation and removals, can damage major cardiovascular venous systems and the tπcuspid valve, as well as result in life threatening perforations of the great vessels and heart. Consequently, use of transvenous lead systems, despite their many advantages, are not without their chronic patient management limitations in those with life expectancies of >5 years The problem of lead complications is even greater m children where body growth can substantially alter transvenous lead function and lead to additional cardiovascular problems and revisions Moreover, transvenous ICD systems also increase cost and require specialized interventional rooms and equipment as well as special skill for insertion. These systems are typically implanted by cardiac electrophysiologists who have had a great deal of extra training. In addition to the background related to ICD therapy, the present invention requires a brief understanding of automatic external defibrillator (AED) therapy AEDs employ the use of cutaneous patch electrodes to effect defibπllation under the direction of a bystander user who treats the patient suffering from V-Fib AEDs can be as effective as an ICD if applied to the victim promptly withm 2 to 3 minutes AED therapy has great appeal as a tool for diminishing the risk of death in public venues such as in air flight However, an AED must be used by another individual, not the person suffering from the potential fatal rhythm It is more of a public health tool than a patient-specific tool like an ICD Because >75% of cardiac arrests occur in the home, and over half occur in the bedroom, patients at risk of cardiac arrest are often alone or asleep and can not be helped in time with an AED. Moreover, its success depends to a reasonable degree on an acceptable level of skill and calm by the bystander user
What is needed therefore, especially for children and for prophylactic long term use, is a combination of the two forms of therapy which would provide prompt and near-certain defibπllation, like an ICD, but without the long-term adverse sequelae of a transvenous lead system while simultaneously using most of the simpler and lower cost technology of an AED What is also needed is a cardioverter/defibrillator that is of simple design and can be comfortably implanted in a patient for many years.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
One embodiment of the present invention provides a lead electrode assembly for subcutaneous implantation including an electrode; at least two channel guides coupled to the electrode for positioning the lead electrode assembly
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
For a better understanding of the invention, reference is now made to the drawings where like numerals represent similar objects throughout the figures where FIG 1 is a schematic view of a Subcutaneous ICD (S-ICD) of the present invention,
EIG 2 is a schematic view of an alternate embodiment of a subcutaneous electrode of the present invention;
FIG 3 is a schematic view of an alternate embodiment of a subcutaneous electrode of the present invention, FIG 4 is a schematic view of the S-ICD and lead of FIG. 1 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient;
FIG 5 is a schematic view of the S-ICD and lead of FIG 2 subcutaneously implanted in an alternate location within the thorax of a patient;
FIG 6 is a schematic view of the S-ICD and lead of FIG. 3 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient;
FIG 7 is a schematic view of the method of making a subcutaneous path from the preferred incision and housing implantation point to a termination point for locating a subcutaneous electrode of the present invention;
FIG 8 is a schematic view of an introducer set for performing the method of lead insertion of any of the descπbed embodiments;
FIG. 9 is a schematic view of an alternative S-ICD of the present invention illustrating a lead subcutaneously and serpigmously implanted in the thorax of a patient for use particularly in children,
FIG. 10 is a schematic view of an alternate embodiment of an S-ICD of the present invention; FIG 11 is a schematic view of the S-ICD of FIG 10 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient,
FIG. 12 is a schematic view of yet a further embodiment where the canister of the S-ICD of the present invention is shaped to be particularly useful m placing subcutaneously adjacent and parallel to a πb of a patient, and
FIG 13 is a schematic of a different embodiment where the canister of the S-ICD of the present invention is shaped to be particularly useful in placing subcutaneously adjacent and parallel to a πb of a patient.
FIG 14 is a schematic view of a Unitary Subcutaneous ICD (US-ICD) of the present invention, FIG 15 is a schematic view of the US-ICD subcutaneously implanted in the thorax of a patient,
FIG 16 is a schematic view of the method of making a subcutaneous path from the preferred incision for implanting the US-ICD
FIG 17 is a schematic view of an introducer for performing the method of US-ICD implantation, and FIG 18 is an exploded schematic view of an alternate embodiment of the present invention with a plug-m portion that contains operational circuitry and means for generating cardioversion/defibrillation shock waves
FIG 14(a) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin; FIG 14(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin;
FIG 14(c) is a side plan view of a section of the lead in an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly,
FIG 14(d) is a cross-sectional view of a filar in the lead in an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly;
FIG 14(e) is a cross-sectional view of the lead fastener of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly,
FIG 14(f) is an exploded view of the lead fastener of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly, FIG 15(a) is a cross-sectional front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin,
FIG 15(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin, FIG 16(a) is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin,
FIG 17(a) is a cross-sectional side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover, FIG 17(b) is a cross-sectional side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin that is slope-shaped and a molded cover;
FIG 17(c) is cross-sectional front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover;
FIG 17(d) is an exploded top plan view of the lead fastener in an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover;
FIG 17(e) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin and a molded cover;
FIG 17(f) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover, FIG 17(g) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin and a molded cover,
FIG 18(a) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with an elongated top-mounted fin and a molded cover;
FIG 18(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with an elongated top-mounted fin and a molded cover,
FIG 18(c) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with an elongated top-mounted fin and a molded cover,
FIG 19 is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly demonstrating the curvature of the electrode; FIG 20(a) is a top plan view of the backing layer and electrode of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side-mounted fin;
FIG 20(b) is a side plan view of the backing layer and electrode of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side-mounted fin;
FIG 20(c) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side- mounted fin,
FIG 20(d) is a bottom plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a side- mounted fin with a slope-shape;
FIG. 21 (a) is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted loop, FIG 21(b) is a cross-sectional rear plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted loop,
FIG 21(c) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted loop,
FIG 22(a) is a top plan view of a backing layer for use m an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of the backing layer,
FIG 22(b) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of the backing layer,
FIG 22(c) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of the backing layer, FIG 22(d) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top mounted fin formed as part of a backing layer,
FIG 22(e) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top mounted fin formed as part of a two-piece backing layer,
FIG 22(f) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin formed as part of a two-piece backing layer,
FIG 23(a) is a front plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly of FIG 22(e) and (f) in an upright position,
FIG 23(b) is a front plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly of FIG 22(e) and (f) illustrating the ability of the fin to fold, FIG 24(a) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted tube formed as part of a backing layer,
FIG 24(b) is a side plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted tube formed as part of a backing layer,
FIG 24(c) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted tube formed as part of a backing layer,
FIG 25(a) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin connected with flexible joining material in an upright position,
FIG 25(b) is a front plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top- mounted fin connected with flexible joining material in a folded position, FIG 25(c) is a top plan view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly with a top-mounted fin connected with flexible joining material in an upright position,
FIG 26 is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly in which the appendage is a cylindrical tube, FIG 27 is a perspective view of an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly in which the appendage is a tube with a substantially triangular cross section;
FIGS. 28(a)-(d) are top plan views of embodiments of lead electrode assemblies illustrating shapes of the electrode and the lines of the lead, FIGS. 28(e)-(h) are bottom plan views of embodiments of lead electrode assemblies illustrating shapes of the electrode;
FIG 29 is a perspective view of a custom hemostat for lead electrode assembly implantation;
FIG 30(a) is a perspective view of a patient's πbcage showing the oπentation of the components m an implanted S-ICD system; FIG. 30(b) is a cross-sectional side plan view of a patient's rib cage, skin, fat and the lead of the lead electrode assembly;
FIG. 31 is a front plan view illustrating the incision point for the surgery to implant the lead electrode assembly;
FIG 32(a) is a cross-sectional bottom plan view of a patient along line 32(a) of FIG 31 illustrating the creation of a subcutaneous path for implantation of the lead electrode assembly of an S- ICD system;
FIG. 32(b) is a perspective view of a lead electrode assembly captured by a custom hemostat,
FIG. 32(c) is a cross-sectional bottom plan view of a patient along line 32(a) of FIG. 31 illustrating the implantation of a lead electrode assembly via the subcutaneous path; FIG. 32(d) is a top view of a lead electrode assembly captured by a custom hemostat;
FIG. 33(a) is a perspective view of a rail of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly;
FIG. 33(b) is a cross-sectional front plan view of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly where the appendage is a rail;
FIG. 33(c) is a top plan view of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly where the appendage is a rail;
FIG. 34 is a top view of an embodiment of the lead electrode assembly where the appendage is a rail;
FIG. 35(a) is a perspective view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork;
FIG. 35(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork, FIG. 35(c) is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork;
FIG. 35(d) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly having a rail captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a rail fork,
FIG. 36(a) is a cross-sectional side plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket;
FIG. 36(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket; FIG 36(c) is a cross-sectional side plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket and a fin,
FIG 37(a) is a bottom plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket, FIG. 37(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket, FIG 38(a) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a paddle;
FIG 38(b) is a side plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a paddle; FIG 38(c) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a pocket captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a paddle;
FIG 39(a) is a cross-sectional rear plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a first channel guide and a second channel guide;
FIG 39(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a first channel guide and a second channel guide;
FIG 40(a) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a channel guide fork; FIG 40(b) is a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly with a first channel guide and a second channel guide captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool with a channel guide fork;
FIG 41(a) is a perspective view of a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibπllator kit; and FIG 41(b) is a perspective view of a hemostat illustrating the length measurement.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION Turning now to FIG. 1, the S-ICD of the present invention is illustrated. The S-ICD consists of an electrically active canister 11 and a subcutaneous electrode 13 attached to the canister. The canister has an electrically active surface 15 that is electrically insulated from the electrode connector block 17 and the canister housing 16 via insulating area 14 The canister can be similar to numerous electrically active canisters commercially available in that the canister will contain a battery supply, capacitor and operational circuitry. Alternatively, the canister can be thin and elongated to conform to the intercostal space The circuitry will be able to monitor cardiac rhythms for tachycardia and fibrillation, and if detected, will initiate charging the capacitor and then delivering cardioversion /defibnllation energy through the active surface of the housing and to the subcutaneous electrode Examples of such circuitry are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,693,253 and 5,105,810, the entire disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference The canister circuitry can provide cardioversion/ defibnllation energy in different types of waveforms In the preferred embodiment, a 100 uF biphasic waveform is used of approximately 10-20 ms total duration and with the initial phase containing approximately 2/3 of the energy, however, any type of waveform can be utilized such as monophasic, biphasic, multφhasic or alternative waveforms as is known m the art In addition to providing cardioversion defibnllation energy, the circuitry can also provide transthoracic cardiac pacing energy. The optional circuitry will be able to monitor the heart for bradycardia and/or tachycardia rhythms. Once a bradycardia or tachycardia rhythm is detected, the circuitry can then deliver appropriate pacing energy at appropriate intervals through the active surface and the subcutaneous electrode. Pacing stimuli will be biphasic in the preferred embodiment and similar in pulse amplitude to that used for conventional transthoracic pacing
This same circuitry can also be used to deliver low amplitude shocks on the T-wave for induction of ventricular fibrillation for testing S-ICD performance in treating V-Fib as is described in U S Patent No. 5,129,392, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference Also the circuitry can be provided with rapid induction of ventricular fibrillation or ventricular tachycardia using rapid ventricular pacing Another optional way for inducing ventricular fibrillation would be to provide a continuous low voltage, l e., about 3 volts, across the heart during the entire cardiac cycle.
Another optional aspect of the present invention is that the operational circuitry can detect the presence of atnal fibrillation as described in Olson, W. et al. "Onset And Stability For Ventricular Tachyarrhythmia Detection in an Implantable Cardioverter and Defibrillator," Computers m Cardiology (1986) pp. 167-170. Detection can be provided via R-R Cycle length instability detection algorithms. Once atnal fibπllation has been detected, the operational circuitry will then provide QRS synchronized atnal defibπllation/cardioversion using the same shock energy and waveshape characteristics used for ventricular defibnllation/ cardioversion. The sensing circuitry will utilize the electronic signals generated from the heart and will primarily detect QRS waves In one embodiment, the circuitry will be programmed to detect only ventricular tachycardias or fibrillations. The detection circuitry will utilize in its most direct form, a rate detection algorithm that triggers charging of the capacitor once the ventricular rate exceeds some predetermined level for a fixed period of time for example, if the ventricular rate exceeds 240 bpm on average for more than 4 seconds Once the capacitor is charged, a confirmatory rhythm check would ensure that the rate persists for at least another 1 second before discharge Similarly, termination algorithms could be instituted that ensure that a rhythm less than 240 bpm persisting for at least 4 seconds before the capacitor charge is drained to an internal resistor. Detection, confirmation and termination algorithms as are described above and in the art can be modulated to increase sensitivity and specificity by examining QRS beat-to-beat uniformity, QRS signal frequency content, R-R interval stability data, and signal amplitude charactenstics all or part of which can be used to increase or decrease both sensitivity and specificity of S-ICD arrhythmia detection function.
In addition to use of the sense circuitry for detection of V-Fib or V-Tach by examining the QRS waves, the sense circuitry can check for the presence or the absence of respiration. The respiration rate can be detected by monitoring the impedance across the thorax using subthreshold currents delivered across the active can and the high voltage subcutaneous lead electrode and monitoring the frequency in undulation in the waveform that results from the undulations of transthoracic impedance during the respiratory cycle. If there is no undulation, then the patent is not respiring and this lack of respiration can be used to confirm the QRS findings of cardiac arrest. The same technique can be used to provide information about the respiratory rate or estimate cardiac output as described in U.S Patent Nos. 6,095,987, 5,423,326, 4,450,527, the entire disclosures of which are incoφorated herein by reference.
The canister of the present invention can be made out of titanium alloy or other presently preferred electrically active canister designs. However, it is contemplated that a malleable canister that can conform to the curvature of the patient's chest will be preferred In this way the patient can have a comfortable canister that conforms to the shape of the patient's rib cage. Examples of conforming canisters are provided in U.S. Patent No. 5,645,586, the entire disclosure of which is herein incoφorated by reference. Therefore, the canister can be made out of numerous materials such as medical grade plastics, metals, and alloys. In the preferred embodiment, the canister is smaller than 60 cc volume having a weight of less than 100 gms for long term wearability, especially in children. The canister and the lead of the S-ICD can also use fractal or wrinkled surfaces to increase surface area to improve defibnllation capability. Because of the primary prevention role of the therapy and the likely need to reach energies over 40 Joules, a feature of the preferred embodiment is that the charge time for the therapy, intentionally e relatively long to allow capacitor charging withm the limitations of device size. Examples of small ICD housings are disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 5,597,956 and 5,405,363, the entire disclosures of which are herein incoφorated by reference.
Different subcutaneous electrodes 13 of the present invention are illustrated in FIGS. 1-3. Turning to FIG. 1 , the lead 21 for the subcutaneous electrode is preferably composed of sihcone or polyurethane insulation. The electrode is connected to the canister at its proximal end via connection port 19 which is located on an electrically insulated area 17 of the canister. The electrode illustrated is a composite electrode with three different electrodes attached to the lead. In the embodiment illustrated, an optional anchor segment 52 is attached at the most distal end of the subcutaneous electrode for anchoring the electrode into soft tissue such that the electrode does not dislodge after implantation.
The most distal electrode on the composite subcutaneous electrode is a coil electrode 27 that is used for delivering the high voltage cardioversion/ defibnllation energy across the heart. The coil cardioversion/defibπllation electrode is about 5-10 cm in length. Proximal to the coil electrode are two sense electrodes, a first sense electrode 25 is located proximally to the coil electrode and a second sense electrode 23 is located proximally to the first sense electrode. The sense electrodes are spaced far enough apart to be able to have good QRS detection. This spacing can range from 1 to 10 cm with 4 cm being presently preferred. The electrodes may or may not be circumferential with the preferred embodiment. Having the electrodes non-circumferential and positioned outward, toward the skin surface, is a means to minimize muscle artifact and enhance QRS signal quality. The sensing electrodes are electrically isolated from the cardioversion defibrillation electrode via insulating areas 29 Similar types of cardioversion defibrillation electrodes are currently commercially available in a transvenous configuration. For example, U S. Patent No. 5,534,022, the entire disclosure of which is herein incoφorated by reference, disclosures a composite electrode with a coil cardioversion defibrillation electrode and sense electrodes. Modifications to this arrangement is contemplated within the scope of the invention. One such modification is illustrated in FIG. 2 where the two sensing electrodes 25 and 23 are non-circumferential sensing electrodes and one is located at the distal end, the other is located proximal thereto with the coil electrode located in between the two sensing electrodes. In this embodiment the sense electrodes are spaced about 6 to about 12 cm apart depending on the length of the coil electrode used. FIG 3 illustrates yet a further embodiment where the two sensing electrodes are located at the distal end to the composite electrode with the coil electrode located proximally thereto Other possibilities exist and are contemplated withm the present invention. For example, having only one sensing electrode, either proximal or distal to the coil cardioversion/ defibnllation electrode with the coil serving as both a sensing electrode and a cardioversion defibrillation electrode.
It is also contemplated within the scope of the invention that the sensing of QRS waves (and transthoracic impedance) can be carried out via sense electrodes on the canister housing or in combination with the cardioversion defibrillation coil electrode and/or the subcutaneous lead sensing electrode(s). In this way, sensing could be performed via the one coil electrode located on the subcutaneous electrode and the active surface on the canister housing. Another possibility would be to have only one sense electrode located on the subcutaneous electrode and the sensing would be performed by that one electrode and either the coil electrode on the subcutaneous electrode or by the active surface of the canister. The use of sensing electrodes on the canister would eliminate the need for sensing electrodes on the subcutaneous electrode It is also contemplated that the subcutaneous electrode would be provided with at least one sense electrode, the canister with at least one sense electrode, and if multiple sense electrodes are used on either the subcutaneous electrode and/or the canister, that the best QRS wave detection combination will be identified when the S-ICD is implanted and this combination can be selected, activating the best sensing arrangement from all the existing sensing possibilities. Turning again to FIG. 2, two sensing electrodes 26 and 28 are located on the electrically active surface 15 with electrical insulator rings 30 placed between the sense electrodes and the active surface. These canister sense electrodes could be switched off and electrically insulated during and shortly after defibnllation/ cardioversion shock delivery The canister sense electrodes may also be placed on the electrically inactive surface of the canister In the embodiment of FIG 2, there are actually four sensing electrodes, two on the subcutaneous lead and two on the canister In the preferred embodiment, the ability to change which electrodes are used for sensing would be a programmable feature of the S-ICD to adapt to changes in the patient physiology and size (in the case of children) over time The programming could be done via the use of physical switches on the canister, or as presently preferred, via the use of a programming wand or via a wireless connection to program the circuitry withm the canister
The canister could be employed as either a cathode or an anode of the S-ICD cardioversion defibrillation system If the canister is the cathode, then the subcutaneous coil electrode would be the anode Likewise, if the canister is the anode, then the subcutaneous electrode would be the cathode
The active canister housing will provide energy and voltage intermediate to that available with ICDs and most AEDs The typical maximum voltage necessary for ICDs using most biphasic waveforms is approximately 750 Volts with an associated maximum energy of approximately 40 Joules The typical maximum voltage necessary for AEDs is approximately 2000-5000 Volts with an associated maximum energy of approximately 200 360 Joules depending upon the model and waveform used The S-ICD of the present invention uses maximum voltages in the range of about 700 to about 3150 Volts and is associated with energies of about 40 to about 210 Joules The capacitance of the S-ICD could range from about 50 to about 200 micro farads
The sense circuitry contained within the canister is highly sensitive and specific for the presence or absence of life threatening ventricular arrhythmias Features of the detection algorithm are programmable and the algorithm is focused on the detection of V-FIB and high rate V-TACH (>240 bpm) Although the S ICD of the present invention may rarely be used for an actual life threatening event, the simplicity of design and implementation allows it to be employed in large populations of patients at modest risk with modest cost by non-cardiac electrophysiologists Consequently, the S-ICD of the present invention focuses mostly on the detection and therapy of the most malignant rhythm disorders As part of the detection algorithm's applicability to children, the upper rate range is programmable upward for use in children, known to have rapid supraventπcular tachycardias and more rapid ventricular fibrillation Energy levels also are programmable downward in order to allow treatment of neonates and infants Turning now to FIG 4, the optimal subcutaneous placement of the S-ICD of the present invention is illustrated As would be evidence to a person skilled in the art, the actual location of the S-ICD is in a subcutaneous space that is developed during the implantation process The heart is not exposed dunng this process and the heart is schematically illustrated in the figures only for help in understanding where the canister and coil electrode are three dimensionally located in the left mid-clavicular line approximately at the level of the inframammary crease at approximately the 5th πb The lead 21 of the subcutaneous electrode traverses in a subcutaneous path around the thorax terminating with its distal electrode end at the posterior axillary line ideally just lateral to the left scapula This way the canister and subcutaneous cardioversion/defibrillation electrode provide a reasonably good pathway for current delivery to the majority of the ventricular myocardium.
FIG 5 illustrates a different placement of the present invention. The S-ICD canister with the active housing is located in the left posterior axillary line approximately lateral to the tip of the inferior portion of the scapula This location is especially useful in children. The lead 21 of the subcutaneous electrode traverses in a subcutaneous path around the thorax terminating with its distal electrode end at the anterior precordial region, ideally in the inframammary crease. FIG. 6 illustrates the embodiment of FIG 1 subcutaneously implanted in the thorax with the proximal sense electrodes 23 and 25 located at approximately the left axillary line with the cardioversion/defibrillation electrode just lateral to the tip of the inferior portion of the scapula.
FIG 7 schematically illustrates the method for implanting the S-ICD of the present invention An incision 31 is made m the left anterior axillary line approximately at the level of the cardiac apex This incision location is distinct from that chosen for S-ICD placement and is selected specifically to allow both canister location more medially in the left inframammary crease and lead positioning more posteriorly via the introducer set (descnbed below) around to the left posterior axillary line lateral to the left scapula. That said, the incision can be anywhere on the thorax deemed reasonably by the implanting physician although m the preferred embodiment, the S-ICD of the present invention will be applied in this region A subcutaneous pathway 33 is then created medially to the inframmary crease for the canister and posteriorly to the left posterior axillary line lateral to the left scapula for the lead.
The S-ICD canister 1 1 is then placed subcutaneously at the location of the incision or medially at the subcutaneous region at the left inframmary crease The subcutaneous electrode 13 is placed with a specially designed curved introducer set 40 (see FIG 8) The introducer set comprises a curved trocar 42 and a stiff curved peel away sheath 44. The peel away sheath is curved to allow for placement around the rib cage of the patient in the subcutaneous space created by the trocar. The sheath has to be stiff enough to allow for the placement of the electrodes without the sheath collapsing or bending. Preferably the sheath is made out of a biocompatible plastic material and is perforated along its axial length to allow for it to split apart into two sections. The trocar has a proximal handle 41 and a curved shaft 43. The distal end 45 of the trocar is tapered to allow for dissection of a subcutaneous path 33 in the patient Preferably, the trocar is cannulated having a central Lumen 46 and terminating in an opening 48 at the distal end. Local anesthetic such as hdocaine can be delivered, if necessary, through the lumen or through a curved and elongated needle designed to anesthetize the path to be used for trocar insertion should general anesthesia not be employed. The curved peel away sheath 44 has a proximal pull tab 49 for breaking the sheath into two halves along its axial shaft 47. The sheath is placed over a guidewire inserted through the trocar after the subcutaneous path has been created. The subcutaneous pathway is then developed until it terminates subcutaneously at a location that, if a straight line were drawn from the canister location to the path termination point the line would intersect a substantial portion of the left ventricular mass of the patient The guidewire is then removed leaving the peel away sheath. The subcutaneous lead system is then inserted through the sheath until it is in the proper location. Once the subcutaneous lead system is in the proper location, the sheath is split in half using the pull tab 49 and removed. If more than one subcutaneous electrode is being used, a new curved peel away sheath can be used for each subcutaneous electrode.
The S-ICD will have prophylactic use in adults where chronic transvenous/epicardial ICD lead systems pose excessive risk or have already resulted in difficulty, such as sepsis or lead fractures. It is also contemplated that a major use of the S-ICD system of the present invention will be for prophylactic use in children who are at nsk for having fatal arrhythmias, where chronic transvenous lead systems pose significant management problems. Additionally, with the use of standard transvenous ICDs in children, problems develop during patient growth in that the lead system does not accommodate the growth. FIG. 9 illustrates the placement of the S-ICD subcutaneous lead system such that he problem that growth presents to the lead system is overcome. The distal end of the subcutaneous electrode is placed in the same location as described above providing a good location for the coil cardioversion defibrillation electrode 27 and the sensing electrodes 23 and 25. The insulated lead 21, however is no longer placed in a taught configuration. Instead, the lead is seφigmously placed with a specially designed introducer trocar and sheath such that it has numerous waves or bends. As the child grows, the waves or bends will straighten out lengthening the lead system while maintaining proper electrode placement Although it is expected that fibrous scarring especially around the defibnllation coil will help anchor it into position to maintain its posterior position during growth, a lead system with a distal tme or screw electrode anchoring system 52 can also be incoφorated into the distal tip of the lead to facilitate lead stability (see FIG 1). Other anchoring systems can also be used such as hooks, sutures, or the like.
FIGS. 10 and 11 illustrate another embodiment of the present S-ICD invention. In this embodiment there are two subcutaneous electrodes 13 and 13' of opposite polarity to the canister. The additional subcutaneous electrode 13 ' is essentially identical to the previously described electrode. In this embodiment the cardioversion/defibrillation energy is delivered between the active surface of the canister and the two coil electrodes 27 and 27'. Additionally, provided in the canister is means for selecting the optimum sensing arrangement between the four sense electrodes 23, 23', 25, and 25 '. The two electrodes are subcutaneously placed on the same side of the heart. As illustrated in FIG 6, one subcutaneous electrode 13 is placed mfenorly and the other electrode 13' is placed superiorly It is also contemplated with this dual subcutaneous electrode system that the canister and one subcutaneous electrode are the same polarity and the other subcutaneous electrode is the opposite polarity
Turning now to FIGS 12 and 13, further embodiments are illustrated where the canister 11 of the S-ICD of the present invention is shaped to be particularly useful in placing subcutaneously adjacent and parallel to a πb of a patient The canister is long, thm, and curved to conform to the shape of the patient's rib In the embodiment illustrated in FIG 12, the canister has a diameter ranging from about 0 5 cm to about 2 cm without 1 cm being presently preferred Alternatively, instead of having a circular cross sectional area, the canister could have a rectangular or square cross sectional area as illustrated in FIG 13 without falling outside of the scope of the present invention The length of the canister can vary depending on the size of the patient's thorax Currently the canister is about 5 cm to about 15 cm long with about 10 being presently preferred The canister is curved to conform to the curvature of the ribs of the thorax The radius of the curvature will vary depending on the size of the patient, with smaller radiuses for smaller patients and larger radiuses for larger patients The radius of the curvature can range from about 5 cm to about 35 cm depending on the size of the patient Additionally, the radius of the curvature need not be uniform throughout the canister such that it can be shaped closer to the shape of the ribs The canister has an active surface, 15 that is located on the interior (concave) portion of the curvature and an inactive surface 16 that is located on the exterior (convex) portion of the curvature The leads of these embodiments, which are not illustrated except for the attachment port 19 and the proximal end of the lead 21, can be any of the leads previously described above, with the lead illustrated in FIG 1 being presently prefeπed
The circuitry of this canister is similar to the circuitry described above Additionally, the canister can optionally have at least one sense electrode located on either the active surface of the inactive surface and the circuitry within the canister can be programmable as described above to allow for the selection of the best sense electrodes It is presently preferred that the canister have two sense electrodes 26 and 28 located on the inactive surface of the canisters as illustrated, where the electrodes are spaced from about 1 to about 10 cm apart with a spacing of about 3 cm being presently preferred However, the sense electrodes can be located on the active surface as described above
It is envisioned that the embodiment of FIG 12 will be subcutaneously implanted adjacent and parallel to the left anterior 5th rib, either between the 4th and 5th ribs or between the 5th and 6th ribs However other locations can be used
Another component of the S-ICD of the present invention is a cutaneous test electrode system designed to simulate the subcutaneous high voltage shock electrode system as well as the QRS cardiac rhythm detection system This test electrode system is comprised of a cutaneous patch electrode of similar surface area and impedance to that of the S-ICD canister itself together with a cutaneous strip electrode comprising a defibnllation strip as well as two button electrodes for sensing of the QRS Several cutaneous strip electrodes are available to allow for testing various bipole spacings to optimize signal detection comparable to the implantable system. Figures 14 to 18 depict particular US-ICD embodiments of the present invention. The various sensing, shocking and pacing circuitry, described in detail above with respect to the S-ICD embodiments, may additionally be incoφorated into the following US-ICD embodiments. Furthermore, particular aspects of any individual S-ICD embodiment discussed above, may be incoφorated, in whole or in part, into the US-ICD embodiments depicted in the following figures Turning now to Fig. 14, the US-ICD of the present invention is illustrated. The US-ICD consists of a curved housing 1211 with a first and second end. The first end 1413 is thicker than the second end 1215 This thicker area houses a battery supply, capacitor and operational circuitry for the US-ICD The circuitry will be able to monitor cardiac rhythms for tachycardia and fibrillation, and if detected, will initiate charging the capacitor and then delivering cardioversion/defibrillation energy through the two cardioversion/defibnllating electrodes 1417 and 1219 located on the outer surface of the two ends of the housing The circuitry can provide cardioversion defibrillation energy in different types of waveforms. In the prefeπed embodiment, a 100 uF biphasic waveform is used of approximately 10-20 ms total duration and with the initial phase containing approximately 2/3 of the energy, however, any type of waveform can be utilized such as monophasic, biphasic, multiphasic or alternative waveforms as is known m the art The housing of the present invention can be made out of titanium alloy or other presently preferred ICD designs It is contemplated that the housing is also made out of biocompatible plastic materials that electronically insulate the electrodes from each other However, it is contemplated that a malleable canister that can conform to the curvature of the patient's chest will be preferred In this way the patient can have a comfortable canister that conforms to the unique shape of the patient's rib cage Examples of conforming ICD housings are provided in U S Patent No. 5,645,586, the entire disclosure of which is herein incoφorated by reference. In the preferred embodiment, the housing is curved in the shape of a 5th rib of a person Because there are many different sizes of people, the housing will come in different incremental sizes to allow a good match between the size of the rib cage and the size of the US- ICD. The length of the US-ICD will range from about 15 to about 50 cm Because of the primary preventative role of the therapy and the need to reach energies over 40 Joules, a feature of the preferred embodiment is that the charge time for the therapy, intentionally be relatively long to allow capacitor charging within the limitations of device size
The thick end of the housing is currently needed to allow for the placement of the battery supply, operational circuitry, and capacitors It is contemplated that the thick end will be about 0.5 cm to about 2 cm wide with about 1 cm being presently prefeπed As microtechnology advances, the thickness of the housing will become smaller
The two cardioversion defibrillation electrodes on the housing are used for delivering the high voltage cardioversion defibrillation energy across the heart In the preferred embodiment, the cardioversion defibrillation electrodes are coil electrodes, however, other cardioversion/defibrillation electrodes could be used such as having electrically isolated active surfaces or platinum alloy electrodes The coil cardioversion defibrillation electrodes are about 5-10 cm in length Located on the housing between the two cardioversion/defibrillation electrodes are two sense electrodes 1425 and 1427 The sense electrodes are spaced far enough apart to be able to have good QRS detection This spacing can range from 1 to 10 cm with 4 cm being presently preferred The electrodes may or may not be circumferential with the preferred embodiment Having the electrodes non-circumferential and positioned outward, toward the skm surface, is a means to minimize muscle artifact and enhance QRS signal quality The sensing electrodes are electrically isolated from the cardioversion/defibrillation electrode via insulating areas 1423 Analogous types of cardioversion/defibrillation electrodes are cuπently commercially available in a transvenous configuration For example, U S Patent No 5,534,022, the entire disclosure of which is herein incoφorated by reference, discloses a composite electrode with a coil cardioversion/defibrillation electrode and sense electrodes Modifications to this arrangement is contemplated withm the scope of the invention One such modification is to have the sense electrodes at the two ends of the housing and have the cardioversion/defibrillation electrodes located in between the sense electrodes Another modification is to have three or more sense electrodes spaced throughout the housing and allow for the selection of the two best sensing electrodes If three or more sensing electrodes are used, then the ability to change which electrodes are used for sensing would be a programmable feature of the US-ICD to adapt to changes in the patient physiology and size over time The programming could be done via the use of physical switches on the canister, or as presently preferred, via the use of a programming wand or via a wireless connection to program the circuitry withm the canister
T urning now to Fig 15, the optimal subcutaneous placement of the US-ICD of the present invention is illustrated As would be evident to a person skilled in the art, the actual location of the US- ICD is in a subcutaneous space that is developed during the implantation process The heart is not exposed dunng this process and the heart is schematically illustrated in the figures only for help in understanding where the device and its various electrodes are three dimensionally located in the thorax of the patient The US-ICD is located between the left mid-clavicular line approximately at the level of the inframammary crease at approximately the 5th rib and the posterior axillary line, ideally just lateral to the left scapula This way the US-ICD provides a reasonably good pathway for current delivery to the majority of the ventricular myocardium Fig 16 schematically illustrates the method for implanting the US-ICD of the present invention An incision 1631 is made in the left anterior axillary line approximately at the level of the cardiac apex A subcutaneous pathway is then created that extends posteriorly to allow placement of the US-ICD The incision can be anywhere on the thorax deemed reasonable by the implanting physician although in the preferred embodiment, the US-ICD of the present invention will be applied in this region The subcutaneous pathway is created medially to the inframammary crease and extends posteriorly to the left posterior axillary line The pathway is developed with a specially designed curved introducer 1742 (see Fig 17) The trocar has a proximal handle 1641 and a curved shaft 1643 The distal end 1745 of the trocar is tapered to allow for dissection of a subcutaneous path m the patient Preferably, the trocar is cannulated having a central lumen 1746 and terminating m an opening 1748 at the distal end Local anesthetic such as hdocame can be delivered, if necessary, through the lumen or through a curved and elongated needle designed to anesthetize the path to be used for trocar insertion should general anesthesia not be employed Once the subcutaneous pathway is developed, the US-ICD is implanted in the subcutaneous space, the skm incision is closed using standard techniques As described previously, the US-ICDs of the present invention vary in length and curvature The
US-ICDs are provided in incremental sizes for subcutaneous implantation in different sized patients Turning now to Fig 18, a different embodiment is schematically illustrated in exploded view which provides different sized US-ICDs that are easier to manufacture The different sized US-ICDs will all have the same sized and shaped thick end 1413 The thick end is hollow inside allowing for the insertion of a core operational member 1853 The core member comprises a housing 1857 which contains the battery supply, capacitor and operational circuitry for the US-ICD The proximal end of the core member has a plurality of electronic plug connectors Plug connectors 1861 and 1863 are electronically connected to the sense electrodes via pressure fit connectors (not illustrated) mside the thick end which are standard in the art Plug connectors 1865 and 1867 are also electronically connected to the cardioverter/defibrillator electrodes via pressure fit connectors mside the thick end The distal end of the core member comprises an end cap 1855, and a ribbed fitting 1859 which creates a water-tight seal when the core member is inserted into opening 1851 of the thick end of the US-ICD
The core member of the different sized and shaped US-ICD will all be the same size and shape That way, during an implantation procedures, multiple sized US-ICDs can be available for implantation, each one without a core member Once the implantation procedure is being performed, then the correct sized US-ICD can be selected and the core member can be inserted into the US-ICD and then programmed as described above Another advantage of this configuration is when the battery within the core member needs replacing it can be done without removing the entire US-ICD FIG. 14(a) illustrates an embodiment of the subcutaneous lead electrode or "lead electrode assembly" 100 The lead electrode assembly 100 is designed to provide an electrode 107 to be implanted subcutaneously in the posterior thorax of a patient for delivery of cardioversion defibrillation energy. The lead electrode assembly 100 is further designed to provide a path for the cardioversion/defibrillation energy to reach the electrode 107 from the operational circuitry within the canister 1 1 of an S-ICD such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 1.
The lead electrode assembly 100 comprises a connector 1 1 1 , a lead 21 , a lead fastener 146, an electrode 107 and an appendage 118. The connector 111 is connected to the lead 21. The lead 21 is further connected to the electrode 107 with the lead fastener 146. The appendage 1 18 is mounted to the electrode 107.
The connector 111 provides an electrical connection between the lead 21 and the operational circuitry withm the canister 11 of an S-ICD such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 Connector 11 1 is designed to mate with the connection port 19 on the canister 1 1 In the embodiment under discussion, the connector 111 meets the IS-1 standard.
The lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 provides an electrical connection between the connector 11 1 and the electrode 107 The lead 21 comprises a distal end 101 and a proximal end 102. The distal end 101 of the lead 21 is attached to the connector 111. The proximal end 102 of the lead 21 is attached to electrode 107 with the lead fastener 146.
The lead 21 has a lead length, lLcad, measured from the connector 111 along the lead 21 to the lead fastener 146 of the electrode 107. The length of the lead 21 is approximately 25 cm In alternative embodiments, the lead lengths range between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm
The lead fastener 146 provides a robust physical and electπcal connection between the lead 21 and the electrode 107. The lead fastener 146 joins the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 to electrode 107.
The electrode 107 comprises an electrically conductive member designed to make contact with the tissue of the patient and transfer cardioversion/defibrillation energy to the tissue of the patient from the S-ICD canister 11 The electrode 107 illustrated is generally flat and planar, comprising a top surface 110, a bottom surface 1 15, a distal end 103 and a proximal end 104 The lead fastener 146 is attached to the top surface 110 of the distal end 103 of the electrode 107
The electrode 107 may have shapes other than planar In an alternate embodiment, the electrode 107 is shaped like a coil
The appendage 118 is a member attached to the electrode 107 that can be gripped and used to precisely locate the lead electrode assembly 100 during its surgical implantation within the patient
The appendage 118 has a first end 105, a second end 106, a distal edge 121 and a proximal edge
129 The second end 106 of the appendage 1 18 is attached to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107
The appendage 118 is positioned such that its proximal edge 129 is within approximately 20 mm of the proximal end 104 of the electrode 107 In alternate embodiments, the appendage 1 18 is attached to the electrode 107 in other positions
It is useful at this point, to set out several general definitions for future reference in discussing the dimensions and placement of appendages 118
The appendage height, hAppendage, is defined as the distance from the point of the appendage 1 18 most distant from the electrode 107 to a point of the appendage 118 closest to the electrode 107 measured along a line peφendicular to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 The appendage height of the appendage 118 illustrated, for example, would be measured between the first end 105 of the appendage 118 and the second end 106 of the appendage 118
The appendage height of the appendage 118 illustrated is approximately 5 mm In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm
The appendage interface is defined as the part of the appendage 1 18 that joins it to the electrode
107 The appendage interface of the appendage 118 illustrated, for example, would be the second end 106 of the appendage 118 The appendage length, lAPPenda e, is the length of the appendage 118 along the appendage interface The appendage interface of the appendage 118 illustrated, for example, would be the length of the second end 106 of the appendage 118
The appendage length of the appendage 1 18 illustrated in FIG 14 is approximately 1 cm In alternative embodiments, appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In an alternate embodiment, the appendage 118 is substantially as long as the electrode 107
More particularly, the appendage 118 of the embodiment illustrated is a fin 120 comprising a fin core 122 (phantom view) and a coating 125
The fin core 122 generally provides support for the fin 120 The fin core 122 has a first end 126 and a second end 127 The second end 127 of the fin core 122 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
The fin core 122 comprises a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof In other embodiments, the fin core 122 comprises any rugged material that can be attached to the first surface 1 10 of the electrode 107
The coating 125 is disposed around the fin core 122 The coating 125 provides a surface for the fin 120 that can be easily gripped during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100 The coating 125 covering the fin core 122 is composed of molded sihcone In an alternative embodiment, the coating 125 may be any polymeric material In this specification, the term polymeric material includes the group of materials consisting of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyeteretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone and mixtures thereof
In one embodiment, the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh attached to the inside of the coating 125 Dacron® is a registered trademark of E I du Pont de Nemours and Company Coφoration, Wilmington, DE In another embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh attached to the outside of the coating 125 In another embodiment, the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of any polymenc material FIG 14(b) illustrates a top view of the lead electrode assembly 100. The electrode 107 is substantially rectangular in shape, comprising a first pair of sides 108, a second pair of sides 109 and four corners 1 12. In an alternative embodiment the electrode 107 has a shape other than rectangular. In this embodiment, the corners 112 of the electrode 107 are rounded. In an alternative embodiment the corners 1 12 of the electrode 107 are not rounded
The first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 are substantially linear, substantially parallel to each other and are approximately 1 cm in length. The second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are also substantially linear, substantially parallel with each other and are approximately 5 cm in length. The bottom surface 1 15 of the electrode 107 has an area of approximately 500 square mm. In alternative embodiments, the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are neither linear nor parallel
In alternative embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 range independently between approximately 1 cm and approximately 5 cm The surface area of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 ranges between approximately 100 sq mm and approximately 2000 sq mm In one embodiment, the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are linear and of equal length, such that the electrode 107 is substantially square- shaped
The electrode 107 comprises a sheet of metallic mesh 114 further comprised of woven wires 119 The metallic mesh 1 14 comprises a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof In other embodiments, the metallic mesh 114 comprises any conductive material
In an alternate embodiment, the electrode 107 comprises a solid metallic plate The metallic plate comprises a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof. In other embodiments, the solid plate comprises any conductive material.
The metallic mesh 114 is approximately a 150 mesh, having approximately 150 individual wires 1 19 per inch In alternative embodiments, the metallic mesh 114 ranges between approximately a 50 mesh and approximately a 200 mesh In this embodiment, the diameter of the wires 119 of the mesh is approximately 1 mil In alternative embodiments, the diameter of the wires 1 19 ranges between approximately 1 and approximately 5 mils
The metallic mesh 114 is first prepared by spot welding together the wires 1 19 located along the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the metallic mesh 114 The excess lengths of wires are then ground or machined flush, so as to produce a smooth edge and to form a smooth border 113 In an alternate embodiment, the wires 119 located along the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides
109 of the metallic mesh 114 are bent in toward the metallic mesh 1 14 to form a smooth border 113
The fin 120 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 in a position centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 In other embodiments, the fin 120 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
The fin 120 is planar shape comprising a first face 191 and a second face 192 The first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 are substantially parallel to the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 In other embodiments, the first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 are positioned in orientations other than parallel to the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
The first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 extend from and substantially peφendicular to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107 In an alternative embodiment, the first face 191 and the second face 192 of the fin 120 extend from the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 at other than right angles
The fin core 122 of the fin 120 is spot welded to the metallic mesh 114 comprising the electrode 107 In another embodiment, the fin 120 may be composed entirely of a polymeric material and attached to the electrode 107 by means known in the art
FIG 14(c) illustrates in detail a section of the lead 21 of this embodiment The lead 21 comprises an electrically insulating sheath 141 and an electrical conductor 142
The electrically insulating sheath 141 is disposed around the electrical conductor 142 (phantom view) The electrically insulating sheath 141 prevents the cardioversion/defibrillation energy passing through the electrical conductor 142 to the electrode from passing into objects surrounding the lead 21 The electrically insulating sheath 141, comprises a tube 149 disposed around the electrical conductor 142 The tube is composed of either sihcone, polyurethane or composite materials One skilled in the art will recognize that the tube 149 could alternately be composed of any insulating, flexible, bio-compatible material suitable to this puφose
In this embodiment, the electrical conductor 142 comprises three highly-flexible, highly- conductive coiled fibers known as filars 147 (phantom view) These fibers are wound in a helical shape through the electrically insulating sheath 141 In an alternate embodiment, the filars he as linear cables within the electrically insulating sheath 141 In another alternate embodiment, a combination of helically coiled and linear filars he within the electrically insulating sheath 141.
FIG 14(d) illustrates a cross-section of a filar 147 The filars 147 of the embodiment illustrated comprise a metal core 144, a metal tube 143 and an insulating coating 140 The metal tube 143 is disposed around the metal core 144 The insulating coating 140 is disposed around the metal tube The metal core 144 is made of silver and the metal tube 143 is made of MP35N® stainless steel, a product of SPS Technologies of Jenkintown, PA The insulating coating 140 is made of teflon The filars 147 of this structure are available as DFT™ (drawn filled tube) conductor coil, available from Fort Wayne Metals Research Products Coφ of Fort Wayne, Indiana
In an alternative embodiment, the filars 147 further comprise an intermediate coating (not shown) disposed between the metal tube 143 and the insulating coating 140 This intermediate coating is made of platinum, indium ruthenum, palladium or an alloy of these metals
In another alternative embodiment, the filars 147 comprise DBS™ (drawn braised strands) also available from Fort Wayne Metals Research Products Coφ of Fort Wayne, Indiana
Turning now to FIG 14(e), a cross section of the lead fastener 146 is shown in detail The lead fastener 146 provides a robust physical and electrical connection between the lead 21 and the electrode 107
In this embodiment, the lead fastener 146 comprises a metal strip 157, a crimping tube 154 and a crimping pm 156 The metal strip 157 has a first end 150, a second end 151, and a middle portion 152 The first end 150 and second end 151 of the metal strip 157 are separated by the middle portion 152 The first end 150 and second end 151 of the metal strip 157 are attached to the electrode 107 In this embodiment, the first end 150 and second end 151 of the lead fastener 146 are spot welded to the top surface 1 10 of the metallic mesh 1 14 comprising the electrode 107 In other embodiments, other fastening methods known in the art can be used
The middle portion 152 of the metal strip 157 is raised away from the electrode 107 to permit the crimping tube 154 and electrically insulating sheath 141 of the lead 21 to fit between the metal strip 157 and the electrode 107
The middle portion 152 of the metal strip 157 contains a crimp point 148 The crimp point 148 squeezes the crimping tube 154 and electncally insulating sheath 141 of the lead 21 thereby gripping it, and thereby providing a robust structural connection between the lead 21 and the electrode 107
The filars 147 of the lead 21 are situated between the crimping tube 154 and cnmping pin 156 The crimping tube 154 has a crimping point 155 which causes the filars 147 to be squeezed between crimping tube 154 and cπmpmg pin 156 A gap 159 in the electrically insulating sheath 141 allows the crimping tube 155 to make contact the electrode 107, thereby forming a robust electrical connection
The metal strip 157, the cπmpmg tube 154 and crimping pin 156 are each made of platinum indium In an alternative embodiment, the metal strip 157, crimping tube 154 and cπmpmg pin 156 are each made of a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof In an alternative embodiment, the metal stnp 157, cπmpmg tube 154 and cnmping pin 156 are each made of any conductive material
FIG 14(f) illustrates an exploded view of the lead fastener 146 In other embodiments, other types of lead fasteners 146 known in the art are used
FIG 15(a) illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 14(a)- 14(f) In this embodiment, however, the appendage 118 lacks a fin core 122 Moreover, as seen in FIG 15(a) the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a backing layer 130 and stitching 139 The backing layer 130 acts to insulate the electrode 107 so that cardioversion /defibnllation energy may not pass to the tissue of the patient that surrounds the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 This has the effect of focusing the cardioversion/defibrillation energy toward the heart of the patient through the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 The backing layer 130 comprises a base portion 158 and an integrated fin 120 The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 comprises a first surface 131 , a second surface 132, a first side 133 and a second side 134.
The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is attached to the electrode 107 such that the second surface 132 of the backing layer 130 lies directly adjacent to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is formed so that the first side 133 and the second side 134 are substantially parallel and of substantially the same size as the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
FIG 15(b) illustrates a top view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment. The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 further comprises a distal end 137 and a proximal end 138.
The distal end 137 and proximal end 138 of the backing layer 130 are parallel to and of substantially the same size as the second pair of sides 109 (hidden) of the electrode 107. The backing layer 130 contains a notch 136 on its distal end 137, through which the lead fastener 146 rises.
The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is attached to the electrode 107 with stitching 139
The stitching is composed of nylon. In alternate embodiments, the stitching is composed of any polymeric material
The backing layer 130 is composed of polyurethane. In an alternative embodiment, the backing layer is composed of molded sihcone, nylon, or Dacron®. In alternative embodiments, the backing layer is composed of any polymeric material
The integrated fin 120 of the backing layer 130 is formed from the same piece of material as the backing layer 130. The integrated fin 120 has the same shape and dimensions as the fin 120 of the embodiment in FIG. 14
In one embodiment, the integrated fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh attached to the integrated fin 120. In another embodiment, the integrated fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material. FIG 16(a) illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 14(a)-14(e) In this embodiment, however, the fin 120 has a different construction
Here, fin 120 comprises a first fin section 165, a second fin section 160 and stitching 168 The first fin section 165 is a rectangular sheet of polymeric material comprising an inside face 167, an outside face 166, a first side 175 and a second side 174 The first side 175 and second side 174 of the first fin section 165 are substantially parallel and of substantially the same size
A line 173 divides the first fin section 165 into a first half 171 and a second half 172 The line 173 runs parallel to the first side 175 of the first fin section 165 The first half 171 of the first fin section 165 lies on one side of line 173 The second half 172 of the first fin section 165 lies on the other side of
The second fin section 160 is a rectangular sheet of polymeric material of the same size as the first fin section 165 comprising an inside face 162 and an outside face 161 The second fin section 160 is divided m half substantially similarly to the first fin section 165, thereby forming a first half 163 and a second half 164 of the second fin section 160
In an alternate embodiment, the first fin section 165 and second fin section are not rectangular in shape In an alternate embodiment, the first fin section 165 and second fin section have an oval shape
The first half 171 of the first fin section 165 is fastened to the first half 163 of the second fin section 160 The mside face 167 of the first half 171 of the first fin section 165 faces the mside face 162 of the first half 163 of the second fin section 160 The first fin section 165 is fastened the second fin section 160 with stitching 168
The fin 120 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 To accomplish this, the second half 172 of the first fin section 165 is attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 with the stitching 169 The second half 164 of the second fin section 160 is similarly attached to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 with stitching (not shown) In one embodiment, the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the first fin section 165 and the second fin section 160 of the integrated fin 120 In another embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to the first fin section 165 or the second fin section 160 In other embodiments, the integrated fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material attached to either or both fin sections
The appendage height of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 5 mm In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm The appendage length of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 1 cm. In alternative embodiments, appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm.
In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin 120 is substantially as long as the electrode 107.
FIG. 17(a) illustrates a side plan view of an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. The lead electrode assembly 100 comprises a connector 1 11, a lead 21, a lead fastener 146, an electrode 107, a backing layer 130 with an integrated fin tab 180, a molded cover 220 and an appendage 118.
The connector 111 is connected to the lead 21 The lead 21 is further connected to the electrode 107 with the lead fastener 146 The backing layer 130 is positioned over the electrode 107. The fin tab 180 protrudes from the backing layer 130. The molded cover 220 is disposed around the lead fastener 146 and the backing layer 130 The molded cover 220 is further disposed around the fin tab 180 of the backing layer 1 18 to form the appendage 1 18. The molded cover 220 also partially envelops the electrode 107
The connector 111 and the lead 21 are substantially similar to the connector 111 and the lead 21 described with reference to FIGS. 14(a)-14(f) The lead comprises a distal end 101 and a proximal end 102 The distal end 101 of the lead 21 is attached to the connector 1 11. The proximal end 102 of the lead 21 is connected to the electrode 107 by the lead fastener 146.
In this embodiment, the lead fastener 146 comprises a first cnmping tube 200, a cnmping pin 202 and a second cnmping tube 201 The first cnmping tube 200 connects the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 to the cnmping pin 202 The second cnmpmg tube 201 connects the cnmping pin 202 to the electrode 107 The electrode 107 comprises a distal end 103 (phantom view), a proximal end 104, a top surface 110 and a bottom surface 115. The electrode further comprises three sections: a mam body 217, a mandrel 219 and a mandrel neck 218
The main body 217 of the electrode 107 is the region of the electrode 107 that makes contact with the tissue of the patient and transfers the cardioversion/defibrillation energy to the patient. This region is substantially rectangular, comprising a first pair of sides 108 (not shown) and a second pair of sides 109. The first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 are substantially parallel to each other The second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are also substantially parallel to each other In another embodiment, the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are non-parallel The mam body 217 of the electrode 107 is positioned under the backing layer 130, so that the top surface 1 10 of the electrode faces the backing layer 130.
The mandrel 219 is a region of the electrode 107 shaped to facilitate the connection of the electrode 107 to the lead 21 via the lead fastener 146. The mandrel of the electrode is crimped onto to the cnmping pin 202 of the lead fastener 146 with the second cnmpmg tube 201, so that a robust physical and electrical connection is formed. The main body 217 of the electrode 107 is connected to the mandrel 219 of the electrode 107 via the mandrel neck 218 of the electrode 107.
The backing layer 130 comprises a base portion 158 and an integrated fin tab 180. The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 comprises a first surface 131 , a second surface 132, a distal end 137 and a proximal end 138.
The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is positioned such that its second surface 132 is adjacent to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107. The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is sized and positioned so that the distal end 137 and proximal end 138 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 overlay the second pair of sides 109 of the mam body 217 of the electrode 107. The distal end 137 and proximal end 138 of the are also substantially parallel and of substantially the same size as the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107.
The integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 is formed from the same piece of material as the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130. The integrated fin tab 180 is formed on the first surface 131 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130. The integrated fin tab 180 comprises a proximal edge 183, a distal edge 184, a top 185 and a bottom 186. The bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180 is joined to the first surface 131 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130. The proximal edge 183 and the distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 extend from, and substantially peφendicular to the first surface 131 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130. The proximal edge 183 and distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 are parallel with each other The integrated fin tab 180 is positioned so that its proximal edge 183 is substantially flush with the proximal end 138 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130.
The backing layer 130 is composed of polyurethane In an alternative embodiment, the backing layer 130 is composed of sihcone. In another alternative embodiment, the backing layer 130 is composed of any polymeric material.
The molded cover 220 envelops and holds together the components of the lead electrode assembly 100. The molded cover 220 also provides rigidity to the lead electrode assembly 100 The molded cover 220 envelops the lead fastener 146 and the backing layer 130. The fin 120 is formed when the molded cover 220 covers the fin tab 180. The thickness of the resulting fin 120 is approximately 2 mm. In alternate embodiments, the thickness of the fin 120 is between approximately 1 mm and approximately 3 mm.
The appendage height of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 5 mm. In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm. The appendage length of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 1 cm In alternative embodiments, appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm. In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin is as long as the backing layer In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin is as long as the electrode 107. In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 120 is such that the fin is as long as the molded cover 220
The molded cover 220 also partially covers the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107. In this way, the molded cover 220 attaches the backing layer 130 to the electrode 107. The molded cover 220 in this embodiment is made of sihcone In an alternate embodiment, the molded cover 220 is made of any polymeric material Stitching 360 holds the molded cover 220, the electrode 107 and the backing layer 130 together
In one embodiment, the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the molded cover 220 and the integrated fin tab 180 In another embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to the molded cover 220 In other embodiments, the fin 120 is similarly reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material
As shown in FIG 17(b), the fin 120 of the embodiment illustrated in FIG 17(a) can alternately have a sloped shape The sloped shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the fin 120 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient The slope-shaped fin 120 is constructed so that the proximal edge 183 and distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 are not parallel with each other Instead, proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 can be curved so that the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 is closer to the proximal edge 184 at the top 185 of the integrated fin tab 180, than at the bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180 In alternate embodiments, the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 is not curved Instead, the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 is straight, and forms an acute angle with the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130 In one alternate embodiment, the proximal edge 183 of the integrated fin tab 180 forms a 45 degree angle with the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130 In alternate embodiments, the distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 is curved In alternate embodiments, the distal edge 184 of the integrated fin tab 180 is straight and shaped so that it forms an acute angle with the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130
FIG 17(c) illustrates a front plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 seen in FIG 17(a)
The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 further comprises a first side 133 and second side 134 The first side 133 and second side 134 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 are substantially parallel In an alternate embodiment, the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130 are not parallel The base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 is sized so that it is substantially the same size and shape as the main body 217 of the electrode 107
The integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 is planar, comprising a first face 181 and a second face 182 The first face 181 and second face 182 of the fin tab 180 are substantially parallel with each other and with the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130 The first face 181 and second face 182 of the fin tab 180 extend from, and substantially peφendicular to the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130 In another embodiment, the first face 181 and second face 182 of the fin tab 180 extend from the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130 at angles other than a nght angle
In an alternate embodiment, the first face 181 and a second face 182 of the integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 are not substantially parallel to each other Instead, they are angled, such that they are closer together at the top 185 than they are at the bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180 This shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the fin 120 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient
In another embodiment, the first face 181 and a second face 182 of the integrated fin tab 180 of the backing layer 130 are angled, such that they are further apart at the top 185 than they are at the bottom 186 of the integrated fin tab 180 This shape can make the fin 120 easier to grip with a tool, such as a hemostat
The fin tab 180 extends from the backing layer 130 at a position centered between the first side 133 and the second side 134 of the backing layer 130 In an alternate embodiment, the fin tab 180 is not centered between the first side 133 and the second side 134 of the backing layer 130
An eyelet 301 is formed in the fin 120 of this embodiment The eyelet can be used to facilitate the capture of the lead electrode assembly by a tool The eyelet is formed as a hole 225 through the molded cover 220 and between the faces 181 and 182 of fin tab 180 In an alternate embodiment, no eyelet is formed in the fin 120
The bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 comprises a periphery 213 and a center 211 The molded cover 220 forms a skirt 222 around the periphery 213 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 The skirt 222 of the molded cover 220 covers the periphery 213 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107
The skirt 222 of the molded cover 220 can act to focus cardioversion defibrillation energy emitted from the electrode 107 of the lead electrode assembly 100 toward the heart of the patient Because the thorax of a patient is surrounded by a layer of fat that is somewhat conductive, the cardioversion /defibnllation energy may tend to arc through this layer to reach the active surface 15 of the canister 11 (seen in FIG 1) without passing through the patient's heart The skirt 222 of the lead electrode assembly 100 acts to minimize the loss of cardioversion /defibnllation energy to surrounding body tissues, or from being diverted away from the patient's heart.
The center 211 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 is not covered by the molded cover 220 and is left exposed. The width of the periphery 213 of the bottom surface 1 15 of the electrode 107 covered by the molded cover 220 is approximately .125 cm
The area of the exposed center 211 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 is approximately 500 square mm. In alternative embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 vary, such that the area of the center 211 of the bottom surface 115 of the electrode has a surface area between approximately 100 sq. mm and approximately
2000 sq mm.
FIG 17(d) illustrates an exploded top view of the lead fastener 146 of the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 17(a)- 17(c). The lead fastener connects the proximal end 102 of the lead 21 and the distal end 103 of the electrode 107.
In this embodiment, the lead fastener 146 comprises a first cnmping tube 200, a cnmping pin 202 and a second cnmping tube 201. The cnmpmg pin 202 comprises a first side 203 and a second side 204
The cnmping tube 200 crimps the filars 147 of the lead 21 (here, only one representative filar 147 is shown) to the first side 203 of cnmping pm 202. The mandrel 219 of the electrode 107 is then wrapped around the second side 204 of the cnmping pm 202. Cnmpmg tube 201 crimps the mandrel 219 to the second side 204 of the cnmping pin 202.
The first cnmping tube 200, the second cnmpmg tube 201 and the cnmpmg pm 202 are each made of platinum indium. In an alternative embodiment, the first cnmpmg tube 200, the second cnmping tube 201 and the cnmpmg pin 202 are each made of a metal selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof. In other embodiments, the first cnmpmg tube 200, the second cnmping tube 201 and the cnmping pm 202 each comprise any conductive material.
The electrode 107 in this embodiment comprises a sheet of metallic mesh 206 prepared by the process described with reference to FIG. 14. The electrode 107 has a width measured parallel to the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107. The width of the mandrel neck 218 of the electrode 107 is approximately 3 mm wide The width of the mandrel of the electrode 107 is approximately 5 mm wide.
The first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 are approximately 5 cm in length. The second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are approximately 1.9 cm in length In alternative embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 108 and the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 range independently from approximately 1 cm to approximately 5 cm.
The electrode 107 of this embodiment further comprises four corners 112 The corners 1 12 of the electrode 107 are rounded. In an alternate embodiment, the corners 112 of the electrode 107 are not rounded
FIGS 17(e)-17(g) illustrate the size and position of the fin 120 on the molded cover of the lead electrode assembly 100.
FIGS 18(a)-18(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)- 17(g) In this embodiment, however, the appendage height of the fin 120 is approximately 1 cm The appendage length of the fin 120 in this embodiment is approximately 3.5 cm.
As shown in FIG. 18(a), stitching 302 is placed through the molded cover 220 and the fin 120 to prevent the molded cover 220 from sliding off the fin tab 180 when the molded cover 220 is subjected to a force directed away from the electrode 107.
As shown in FIG. 18(c), the fin 120 (phantom view) extends approximately two thirds of the length of the electrode 107.
FIG. 19 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated m FIGS. 17(a)-17(g). In this embodiment, however, the backing layer 130 (not shown) inside the molded cover 220 is curved. This results in an electrode 107 that has a curvature of radius r, such that the bottom surface 1 15 of the electrode 107 is concave. Because a curved electrode 107 may more closely approximate the curvature of the patient's ribs, this curvature may have the effect of making the lead electrode assembly 100 more comfortable for the patient In one embodiment, the radius r of the curvature varies throughout the electrode 107 such that it is intentionally shaped to approximate the shape of the ribs. Lead electrode assemblies 100 can be custom manufactured with an electrode 107 with a curvature r that matches the curvature of the intended patient's πbcage in the vicinity of the πbcage adjacent to which the electrode 107 is to be positioned
In an alternative embodiment, lead electrode assemblies 100 are manufactured with an electrode 107 with a radius r that matches the curvature of the πbcage of a statistically significant number of people.
In another embodiment, lead electrode assemblies 100 with electrodes 107 of varying curvatures can be manufactured to allow an electrode radius r to be selected for implantation based on the size of the patient. Smaller radii can be used for children and for smaller adult patients. Larger radii can be used for larger patients. The radius r of the curvature can range from approximately 5 cm to approximately 35 cm depending on the size of the patient.
In an alternative embodiment, the electrode 107 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is flexible, such that it can be bent to conform to the curvature of the intended patient's rib cage at the time of implantation
FIGS. 20(a)-20(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)- 17(g) In this embodiment, however, the backing layer 130 lacks an integrated fin tab 180 mounted on the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130. Moreover, this embodiment further comprises a backing layer 400 having a fin tab 405.
FIGS 20(a) and 20(b) illustrate only the backing layer 400, the fin tab 405 and the electrode 107 of this embodiment as they are positioned relative to each other in the complete embodiment. Other components of the embodiment are not shown FIG 20(c) shows the embodiment m a complete form
FIG. 20(a) illustrates a top plan view of the backing layer 400 and the electrode 107. The backing layer 400 is positioned over the electrode 107. The electrode 107 of this embodiment is substantially similar to the electrode 107 of the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 17(d) In the complete embodiment, the mandrel 219 of the electrode 107 is joined to the lead 21 (not shown) by a lead fastener 146 (not shown) as shown in FIG. 17(a).
The backing layer 400 is a flat, planar member comprising a distal end 137 and a proximal end 138. The backing layer 400 further comprises a first side 133, a second side 134, a first surface 131, and a second surface 132 (not shown) The backing layer 400 further comprises a width, W, measured as the distance between the first side 133 and the second side 134
The backing layer 400 includes a fin tab 405 that is formed from the same piece of material as the backing layer 400 The first side 133 of the backing layer 400 lies over one of the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 except over a fin tab region 407. In the fin tab region 407, the backing layer 400 is wider than the electrode 107 In the fin tab region 407, the first side 133 forms a fin tab 405 that protrudes from part of the first side 133 of the backing layer 400 outside the fin tab region 407. The fin tab 405 extends from the first side 133 of the backing layer 400 in an orientation substantially parallel to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107, beyond the first side 108 (phantom view) of the electrode 107.
The fin tab 405 comprises a first face 410 and a second face 41 1 (not shown). The first face 410 of the fin tab 405 is an extension of the first surface 131 of the backing layer 400 The second face 41 1 of the fin tab 405 is an extension of the second surface 132 of the backing layer 400
Aside from the fin tab 405, the backing layer 405 is formed so that it is of substantially the same size and shape as the mam body 217 of the electrode 107.
The backing layer 400, including the fin tab 405, is composed of polyurethane In an alternate embodiments the backing layer 400 and fin tab 405 are composed of any polymeric material
FIG 20(b) is a side plan view of the backing layer 400 and the electrode 107. The backing layer 400 is positioned over the electrode 107 such that the second surface 132 of the backing layer 400 is placed adjacent to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107
FIG. 20(c) illustrates a bottom plan view of the complete embodiment, in which the backing layer 400 (not shown), the lead fastener 146 (not shown) and the fin tab 405 (phantom view) are coated with a molded cover 220 When the molded cover 220 is applied over the backing layer 400, a fin 424 is formed over the fin tab 405 (phantom view). The fin 424 comprises a proximal end 404 and a distal end 403 In one embodiment, the fin 424 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the molded cover 220 and the fin tab 405 In another embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to the molded cover 220 In other embodiments, the fin 424 is similarly reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material.
The appendage height, hAppeild e, of the fin 424 of this embodiment is approximately 5 mm In alternative embodiments, the appendage heights range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm. The appendage length, LAppenda e of the fin 424 of this embodiment is measured between the proximal end 404 and the distal end 403 of the fin 424. LAppendage is measured where the fin 424 joins the rest of the lead electrode assembly 100. In this embodiment, the appendage length is approximately 1 cm. In alternative embodiments, the appendage lengths range between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 424 is such that the fin 424 runs the length of the electrode 107 In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 424 is such that the fin 424 runs the length of the backing layer 130 (not shown). In one embodiment, the appendage length of the fin 424 is such that the fin 424 runs the length of the molded cover 220.
FIG 20(d) illustrates a bottom plan view of an alternate embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 20(a)-20(c). In this embodiment, however, proximal end 404 of the fin 424 is sloped The slope shape of the fin 424 is formed by the shape of the fin tab 405 (phantom view) inside the fin 424. The backing layer 400 gradually widens in the fin tab region 407 (not shown) with distance from the proximal end 138 (not shown) to the distal end 137 (not shown) of the backing layer 130 (not shown) until the appendage height is reached The proximal end 404 of the fin 424 is straight and forms an acute angle with the first side 133 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 (not shown) In an alternate embodiment, the proximal end 404 of the fin 424 forms a 45 degree angle with the first side 133 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 (not shown) In another embodiment, the proximal end 404 of the fin 424 is curved slope.
In alternate embodiments, the distal end 403 of the fin 424 is straight and shaped so that it forms an acute angle with the first side 133 of the base portion 158 of the backing layer 130 (not shown). In alternate embodiments, the distal end 403 of the fin 424 is curved FIGS. 21(a)-21(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 15(a)-15(b). The integrated fin 120 is absent, however, from the backing layer 130
The lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a cylindrical rod 500 having a loop 15 formed therein The loop 515 comprises the appendage 1 18 of this embodiment. The loop 515 is a member attached to the electrode 107 that can be gripped and used to precisely locate the electrode 107 during its surgical implantation within the patient
FIG 21(a) illustrates a side plan view of the embodiment The cylindrical rod 500 comprises a first straight portion 510, a second straight portion 512 and a portion formed into a loop 515 The first straight portion 10 is separated from the second straight portion 512 by the loop 515
The rod 500 is made of platinum indium. In an alternative embodiment, the rod 500 is made of titanium or platinum.
The first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are spot welded to the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107 The loop 515 in the rod 500 extends away from the top surface 110 of the electrode 107.
The backing layer 130 is similar to the backing layer 130 illustrated in FIGS 15(a)-15(b) The backing layer 130 is disposed over the electrode 107 The first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 of the rod 500 are positioned between the second surface 132 of the backing layer 130 and the top surface 110 of the electrode 107.
FIG. 21(b) illustrates a cross-sectional rear plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly shown in FIG 21(a) The first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are positioned such that they are parallel to the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107. The first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are both centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 In an alternative embodiment, the first straight portion 510 and second straight portion 512 are not parallel to and centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107.
FIG 21(c) illustrates a top plan view of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly shown in FIG. 21(a). An aperture 517 is formed in the backing layer 130. The aperture 517 in the backing layer is positioned such that the loop 515 extends through and beyond the aperture 517 in a direction away from the top surface 110 of the electrode 107 The backing layer 130 is attached to the electrode 107 with stitching 139
FIGS 22(a)-22(d) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated m FIGS 15(a)-15(b) This embodiment comprises a backing layer 610, however, that lacks the integrated fin 120 illustrated in FIGS 15 (a)- 15(b)
FIG 22(a) illustrates a top plan view of the backing layer 610 of this embodiment prior to its attachment to the rest of the lead electrode assembly 100 The backing layer 610 is cut in a pattern as shown The backing layer comprises a first surface 131 , a second surface 132 (not shown), a distal end 137, a proximal end 138, a first side 133, a second side 134 and an indented fin-forming region 620 The indented fin-forming region 620 comprises a first edge 690 and a second edge 691
The backing layer 610 is formed so that the first side 133 and the second side 134 are substantially parallel and of substantially the same size as the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 The proximal end 138 is formed so that it is substantially peφendicular to the first side 133 and the second side 134 of the backing layer 610 The proximal end 138 is longer than the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 by a length A The backing layer 610 has a varying width C measured from its distal end 137 to its proximal end 138 along a line parallel to its first side 133
The backing layer is divided into three sections A first backing section 693, a second backing section 692 and an indented fin-forming region 620 of length A The length of the fin-forming region 620, A, is approximately 10 mm In other embodiments, the length of the fin-formmg region 620, A, ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 20 mm
The area withm the indented fin-formmg region 620 is equally divided into a first fin area 612 and a second fin area 615 The dividing line 617 between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 is substantially parallel to the first side 133
The width, C, of the backing layer 610 is equal to the distance between the second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 except in the indented fin-formmg region 620 In the indented fin-forming region 620, the width, C, of the backing layer 610 is B The width, B, of the backing layer 610 in the fm- forming region 620, is approximately 1 cm In alternate embodiments, the width, B, of the backing layer 610 in the fin-forming region 620 ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In other embodiments, however, the fin-formmg region 620 ranges between 2 mm and the width, C, of the backing layer 610 In other embodiments, the fin-formmg region 620 is longer than the width, C, of the backing layer 610
The variation in width between the areas inside and outside the indented fm-formmg region 620, forms the first edge 690 and a second edge 691 of the fin-forming region 620
A first notch 136(a) is formed on the distal end 137 the first edge 690 of the fin-formmg region
620 of the backing layer 130 A second notch 136(b) is formed on the distal end 137 the second edge 691 of the fin-forming region 620 of the backing layer 130
The backing layer 610 in this embodiment is formed of flexible sihcone In alternative embodiments the backing layer 610 is formed of any bio-compatible, flexible polymeric material
FIG 22(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment The backing layer 610 is attached to the electrode 107, so that the first edge 690 and a second edge 691 of the fin-forming region 620 of the backing layer 610 meet This causes the backing layer 610 in the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 to fold together to form a fin 120
The first notch 136(a) and second notch 136(b) formed on the distal end 137 the first edge 690 and second edge 691 of the fin-formmg region 620 of the backing layer 130 meet to form a notch 136 on the distal end 137 of the backing layer, through which the lead fastener 146 rises Stitching 660 holds the backing layer to the electrode 107
FIG 22(c) illustrates a side plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment Stitching 660 holds the first fin area 612 and a second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 together to form the fin 120
FIG 22(d) illustrates a front plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment In one embodiment, the fin 120 is reinforced with a layer of Dacron® polymer mesh positioned between the first fin area 612 and a second fin area 615 In another embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached only to either first fin area 612 or the second fin area 615 In other embodiments, the fin 120 is similarly reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material
FIGS 22(e) and 22(f) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 22(a)-22(d) The backing layer 610 is substantially similar to the backing layer 610 illustrated in FIG 22(a) The backing layer 610 in this embodiment, however, is cut along line 617 The fin 120 of this embodiment comprises a proximal edge 129 The proximal edge 129 of the fin 120 is slope-shaped The sloped shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the fin 120 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient
FIGS 23(a) and 23(b) illustrate a property of the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 illustrated in FIGS 22(e) and 22(f) The backing layer 610 is flexible, such that the substantially planar fin 120 formed therefrom is flexible and able to fold Because the ability of the fin 120 to fold effectively reduces its appendage height, it may make the fin more comfortable to the patient after it is implanted
FIG 23(a) shows fin 120 in an upright condition When pressure is applied peφendicular to the first surface 131 of backing layer in the first fin area 612, along line 677 for example, the fin 120 folds as shown in FIG 23(b) When the fin 120 folds, its appendage height, HApPe„dage, is reduced This can be seen by a comparison between FIG 23(a) and FIG 23(b)
The backing layer 610 m this embodiment is formed of a polymeric material In an alternative embodiment, the backing layer 610 is formed of any bio-compatible, flexible polymeric material
FIGS 24(a)-24(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 22(a)-22(d)
As shown in FIG 24(a), however, the material from the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 is not fastened together with stitching 660 in this embodiment The resulting appendage 118 is formed in the shape of a tube
In alternate embodiments, the backing layer 610 is coupled to the electrode 107 such that the material from the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 does not touch except at the dividing line 617 between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 The separation between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 of the backing layer 610 can allow the appendage 1 18 of this embodiment to be highly flexible This flexibility can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the appendage 1 18 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient
FIG. 24(b) illustrates a side plan view of the embodiment illustrated in FIG 24(a) The appendage 118 of this embodiment comprises a proximal edge 129 The proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118 is slope-shaped. The sloped shape can reduce the resistance offered by the tissue of the patient as it slides against the appendage 118 during the insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 into the patient.
In alternate embodiments, the proximal edge 129 of the tube formed by the appendage 1 18 is closed. In one embodiment, the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118 is closed by a cap (not shown). In another embodiment, the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118 is closed with stitching placed between the first fin area 612 and the second fin area 615 only at the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 118. In another embodiment, the proximal edge 129 of the appendage 1 18 is closed by any other means known in the art for this puφose
FIG. 24(b) illustrates a top plan view of the embodiment illustrated m FIGS. 24(a)-24(b)
FIGS 25(a)-25(d) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 15(a)-15(b). The backing layer 130 of this embodiment, however, lacks an integrated fin 120.
FIG. 25(a) illustrates a front plan view of the lead electrode assembly. The fin 120 in this embodiment comprises a fin head 700 and flexible joining material 702.
The fin head 700 comprises a rectangular sheet having a first face 705, a second face 706, a first end 710 and a second end 712. The fin head 700 further comprises a height measured along the first face 705 between the first end 710 and the second end 712 and a length measured peφendicular to its height.
The fin head 700 is made of rigid sihcone, which has a high durometer In alternate embodiments, the fin head 700 is composed of any rigid bio-compatible material, such as a ngid bio- compatible polymeric material. The flexible joining material 702 comprises a rectangular sheet having a first face 720, a second face 721 , a first end 718 and a second end 719. The flexible joining material 702 further comprises a height measured along the first face between the first end 718 and the second end 719 The flexible joining material 702 also comprises a length measured peφendicular to its height The length of the flexible joining material 702 is the same as the length of fin head 700
The second end 712 of the second face 706 of the fin head 700 is attached to the first end 718 of the first face 720 of the flexible joining material 702 The fin head 700 is attached to the flexible joining material 702 with stitching 725. The second end 719 of the first face 720 of the flexible joining material
702 is attached to the first surface 131 of the backing material 130 The flexible joining material 702 is attached to the backing material 130 with stitching 730.
The flexible joining material 702 is made of flexible sihcone It will be recognized by one skilled in the art, however, that the flexible joining material 702 may be made from many other flexible materials, such as a flexible polymeric material
FIG 25(b) illustrates a property of the fin 120. When pressure is applied peφendicular to the first surface 705 of the fin head 205, the fin 120 folds as shown When the fin 120 folds, its appendage height, HAppendage, is reduced. This can be seen by a comparison between FIG 25(a), which shows the fin 120 in an upright position and FIG. 25(b) which shows the fin 120 in a folded position.
FIG. 25(c) illustrates a top planar view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 25(a) and 25(b) Neither the corners of the electrode 107 nor the comers 735 of the backing layer 130 of this embodiment are rounded In an alternate embodiment, both the comers of the electrode 107 and the comers 735 of the backing layer 130 of this embodiment are rounded.
FIG. 26 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 25(a)-25(d). The backing layer 130 of this embodiment, however, lacks a fin head 700 and flexible joining material 702.
Moreover, the appendage 1 18 in this embodiment comprises a tube 740 having an interior 755, an exterior 756, a proximal end 757 and a distal end 758 The tube comprises a sheet of material 750 The sheet of material 750 is substantially rectangular having a first pair of sides 751, a second pair of sides 752, a first surface 753 and a second surface 754
The sheet of material 750 is folded so that its first pair of sides 751 abut each other The folded sheet of material 750 forms a tube 740 The first surface 753 of the sheet of material 750 faces the interior 755 of the tube 740 The second surface 754 of the sheet of material 750 faces the exterior of the tube 756 In folding the sheet of material 750 so that the first pair of sides 751 abut each other, the second pair of sides 752 of the sheet of material 750 are folded in a circular shape to form the proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 740 This results in the tube 740 having a cylindrical shape The diameter of the circular proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 756 is approximately 5 mm In alternate embodiments, the diameter range between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm The length of the tube 756 as measured between the proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 756 is approximately 1 cm In alternate embodiments, length of the tube 756 ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In one embodiment, the tube 756 is substantially as long as the electrode 107
The second surface 754 of the sheet of material 750 is attached to the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130 The first pair of sides 751 of the sheet of material 750 are attached to the backing layer 130 with stitching 760
In alternate embodiments, the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed In one embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed by a cap (not shown) In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed by holding one of the second pair of sides 752 of the sheet of material 750 closed with stitching In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 740 is closed by any other means known in the art for this puφose
It should be noted that the appendage 118 m some alternative embodiments comprises a tube with a shape other than a cylinder An example of a tube with a shape other than cylindrical is illustrated below in FIG 27
FIG 27 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIG 26 The tube 740 comprising a sheet of material 750, however, is absent from this embodiment Moreover, the appendage 118 of this embodiment comprises a tube 770 having an intenor 755 an exterior 756, a proximal end 757 and a distal end 758 The tube comprises a first sheet of material 775, a second sheet of material 776 and a third sheet of material 777 The first sheet of material 775, the second sheet of material 776 and the third sheet of material 777 are all substantially rectangular in shape. Each comprises a first pair of sides 784, a second pair of sides 786, a first surface 788 and a second surface 789 The first pair of sides 784 of each sheet of material are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the first pair of sides 784 of each sheet of material are non-parallel The second pair of sides 786 of each sheet of material are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the second pair of sides 786 of each sheet of material are non-parallel
The first pairs of sides 784 of each sheet of material are attached to the first pair of sides 784 of the other sheets of material In this way the second pair of sides 786 of the first sheet of material 775, the second sheet of material 776 and the third sheet of material 777 form a triangular shaped proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 770 The sheets of material are attached to each other such that the second surface 789 of each sheet of material faces the interior 755 of the tube 770 The sheets of material are attached to each other with stitching 791
The height of the tube 770 is approximately 5 mm In alternate embodiments, the height ranges between approximately 1 mm and approximately 10 mm The length of the tube 770 as measured between the proximal end 757 and distal end 758 of the tube 770 is approximately 1 cm In alternate embodiments, length of the tube 770 ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 6 cm In one embodiment, the tube 770 is substantially as long as the electrode 107
The second sheet of material 776 is attached to the backing layer 130 with stitching 790 The first surface 788 of the second sheet of material 776 s positioned next to the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130.
In alternate embodiments, some or all of the sheets of material are reinforced with a layer of
Dacron® polymer mesh. In one embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached to the first surface 788 of each sheet of material. In another embodiment, the Dacron® polymer mesh is attached to the second surface 789 of each sheet of material. In another embodiment, the sheets of material are similarly reinforced with a layer of any polymeric material In alternate embodiments, the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed In one embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed by a cap In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed by holding the sides 786 of the first sheet of material 775, the second sheet of material 776 and the third sheet of material 777 that form the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 together with stitching In another embodiment, the proximal end 757 of the tube 770 is closed by any other means known in the art for this puφose
FIGS 28(a)-28(d) illustrate various possible positions for the appendage 1 18 relative to the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 Additionally, up to this point, all embodiments of the electrode 107 illustrated and discussed have had a rectangular shape These figures illustrate alternative embodiments with electrodes 107 of different shapes
At this point, it is useful to set out two definitions in order to discuss the possible orientation of appendages 118
The interface line is defined as the center line of the appendage 1 18 as traced on the electrode 107 FIG 28(a) illustrates the interface line 800 of the appendage 1 18 of a lead electrode assembly 100
The line of the lead is defined as the line along which the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 enters the lead fastener 146 The line of the lead 805 of line 21 is shown as it enters the lead fastener 146 (in phantom) As the lead 21 approaches the lead fastener 146, the closest section 807 of the lead 21 forms the line of the lead When the lead 21 is not bent, the entire lead 21 lies along the line of the lead
FIG 28(b) illustrates an embodiment wherein the lead 21 is not bent and the entire lead 21 lies along the line of the lead 805
The electrode length, LEιec >de» is the length of the electrode 107 as measured along the interface
In the embodiments of the lead electrode assembly 100 shown in FIGS 28(b) and 28(c), the interface line 800 is the same line as the line of the lead 805 In the embodiment shown in FIG 28(a) the interface line 800 is parallel with the line of the lead 805 In the embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 shown in FIG. 28(d), the interface line 800 intersects the lead fastener 146 (phantom view)
FIGS. 28(e)-28(h) show various additional electrode shapes disposed in various lead electrode assemblies 100 The electrode shapes are not limited, however, to the shapes specifically illustrated
The electrode 204 depicted in FIG 28(e) has a "thumbnail" shape The proximal end 104 of this electrode 107 is generally rounded As the electrode 107 moves distally along its length, the conductive surface terminates at the distal end 103 of the electrode 107
An ellipsoidal shaped electrode 107 is depicted in FIG. 28(f). The proximal end 104 of the ellipsoidal shaped electrode 107 is generally rounded. As the ellipsoidal shaped electrode 107 moves distally along its length, the conductive surface terminates in a rounded distal end 103.
A circular shaped electrode 107 is illustrated in FIG 28(g).
A triangular shaped electrode 107 is depicted in FIG 28(h) Triangular shaped electrodes 107 also incoφorate electrodes that are substantially triangular in shape. In particular to FIG 28(h), the comers of the triangular shaped electrode 107 are rounded
Several lead electrode assembly manipulation tools 927 have been developed to manipulate the lead electrode assemblies during their surgical implantation
FIG. 29 illustrates an embodiment of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 comprises an enhanced hemostat 930 used to manipulate lead electrode assemblies 100 comprising an eyelet during their implantation in patients.
The enhanced hemostat 930 comprises the following components a hemostat having a first prong 931, a second prong 932, a hinge 939 and an eyelet pm 940. The first prong 931 is attached to the second prong 932 by the hinge 939 The eyelet pin is attached to the second prong 932.
The first prong 931 comprises a first end 933 and a second end 934 The second prong 932 comprises a first end 935 and a second end 936 The first prong and second prong are approximately 75 cm long and curved with a radius of approximately 30 cm. In alternate embodiments, the curvature of the hemostat does not have a radius of approximately 30 cm, but instead approximates the curvature of the thorax of a patient In one embodiment, the curvature of the hemostat approximates the curvature of the thorax of a patient along a subcutaneous path taken from the anterior axillary line, posteriorly toward the spine
The first prong 931 is pivotally attached to the second prong 932 by the hinge 939 The hinge is attached to the first prong 931 approximately 10 cm from the first end 933 In this embodiment, the hinge is attached to the second prong 932 approximately 10 cm from the second end 935
The eyelet pm 940 can be inserted through the eyelet 301 of a fin 120 of the lead electrode assembly 100 such as the lead electrode assembly 100 discussed with reference to FIG 17(a)- 17(g) as a means of capturing the lead electrode assembly 100 prior to its implantation in a patient
The eyelet pm 940 is a cylindrical member having a first end 941 and a second end 942 In an alternate embodiment, the eyelet pm 940 is a hook-shaped member The diameter of the cylinder is approximately 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the diameter of the cylinder ranges from approximately
1 mm to approximately 5 mm The length of the eyelet pm 940 is approximately 8 mm In alternate embodiments, the length of the eyelet pin 940 ranges from approximately 4 to approximately 15 mm
The first end of the eyelet pm 940 is attached to the second prong 932, approximately 8 mm from the second end 936 of the second prong 932 In alternate embodiments, the eyelet pm 940 is attached to the second prong 932 at various lengths from the second end 936 of the second prong 932
The eyelet pm 940 is attached to the second prong 932 in an orientation peφendicular to the length of the second prong 932 The eyelet pin 940 is attached to the second prong 932 so that it extends away from the second end 934 of the first prong 931
In this embodiment, all of the components are made of stainless steel In an alternative embodiment, some or all of the components are composed metals other than stainless steel or are composed of a polymeric material
We now turn to a discussion of the positions of the components that comprise an entire S-ICD system including the lead electrode assembly 100 when it is implanted in a patient FIGS. 30(a) and 30(b) illustrate an embodiment of the S-ICD system implanted in a patient as a means of providing cardioversion defibrillation energy
FIG. 30(a) is a perspective view of a patient's πbcage with an implanted S-ICD system The S- ICD canister 1 1 is implanted subcutaneously in the anterior thorax outside the πbcage 1031 of the patient, left of the sternum 920 in the area over the fifth πb 1038 and sixth nb 1036. The S-ICD canister 11, however, may alternately be implanted anywhere over the area between the third nb and the twelfth πb. The lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is physically connected to the S-ICD canister 11 where the transthoracic cardiac pacing energy or effective cardioveπon/defibπllation shock energy (effective energy) is generated The term "effective energy" as used this specification can encompass various terms such as field strength, current density and voltage gradient.
The lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 travels from the S-ICD canister 11 to the electrode 107, which is implanted subcutaneously in the postenor thorax outside the πbcage 1031 of the patient in the area over the eighth πb 1030 and ninth πb 1034 The electrode 107, may alternately be implanted subcutaneously anywhere in the posterior thorax outside the πbcage 1031 of the patient in the area over the third πb 1030 and the twelfth nb 1034. The bottom surface 1 15 of the electrode 107 faces the πbcage The electrode or active surface 15 (phantom view) of the canister 1 1 also faces the πbcage.
FIG. 30(b) is a cross-sectional side plan view of the patient's πb cage. Here it is seen that the lead
21 travels around the circumference of the thorax, in the subcutaneous layer beneath the fat 1050 between the outside of the πbcage 1031 and the skm 1055 covering the thorax
We now turn to a discussion of a method by which the lead electrode assembly 100 of the S-ICD system is implanted in a patient using a standard hemostat as well as the enhanced hemostat descnbed above FIG. 31 and FIGS. 32(a)-32(d) illustrate aspects of this method.
In operation, as seen in FIG 31, an incision 905 is made in the patient 900 in the anterior thorax between the patient's third and fifth nb, left of the sternum 920 The incision can alternately be made in any location between the patient's third and twelfth πb The incision can be made vertically (as shown), horizontally or angulated In order to minimize scarring, the incision can be made along Langher's lines.
FIG 32(a) shows a bottom view cross-section of the patient 900, along the line 32(a) shown in FIG 31 A hemostat 930, with prongs 932 is introduced into the incision 905 The hemostat 930 is inserted with its prongs together without anything gripped between them. The prongs 932 of the hemostat 930 are pushed through the fat 1050 between the skin 1055 of the thorax and the ribcage 1031 to create a subcutaneous path 1090 The prongs 932 of the hemostat 930 can alternately be pushed beneath the fat 1050 that lies between the skin 1055 of the thorax and the ribcage 1031 to create a subcutaneous path 1090 between the fat 1050 and the ribcage 1031.
The hemostat is moved around the ribcage 1031 until the subcutaneous path 1090 reaches within approximately 10 cm of the spine 1035 between the eighth nb 1030 and ninth nb 1034 (this location is best seen in FIG. 30(a)) between the skm 1055 and the ribcage 1031. The subcutaneous path 1090 can alternately be made to reach any location between the skin 1055 and the ribcage 1031 between the patient's third and twelfth πb The hemostat 930 is then withdrawn Alternately, the hemostat 930 can be moved around the ribcage 1031 until the subcutaneous path 1090 terminates at a termination point 1085 at which a line 1084 drawn from the termination point 1085 to the incision 905 would intersect the heart 910
Next, as shown in FIG 32(b), the appendage 118 of a lead electrode assembly 100, is squeezed between the tongs 932 of a hemostat 930
As shown in FIG 32(c), the lead electrode assembly 100 and hemostat tongs 932 are introduced to the subcutaneous path 1090 and pushed through the subcutaneous path until the lead electrode assembly 100 reaches the termination point 1085 of the path The appendage 1 18 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the tongs 932 of the hemostat 930 The hemostat 930 is then withdrawn from the subcutaneous path 1090.
In an alternative method, the enhanced hemostat 930 seen in FIG 29 is used to introduce the lead electrode assembly 100 into the subcutaneous path 1090 created as discussed above After the subcutaneous path 1090 is created, the lead electrode assembly 100 is attached to the enhanced hemostat 930 as shown in FIG. 32(d). Eyelet pm 1108 is inserted through the eyelet 301 m the fin 120 of the lead electrode assembly 100 The enhanced hemostat 930 is then used to introduce the lead electrode assembly 100 into the subcutaneous path 1090, as shown in FIG. 32(c). The lead electrode assembly 100 is then moved through the subcutaneous path 1090 until the electrode 107 reaches the end of the path 1085. The enhanced hemostat 930 is then moved until the lead electrode assembly 100 is released from the eyelet pm 940 The enhanced hemostat 930 is then withdrawn from the subcutaneous path 1090 FIGS 33(a)-33(c) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)-17(g) The backing layer 130 of this embodiment, however, lacks an integrated fin tab 180 Moreover, the appendage 118 of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment comprises a rail 1100
FIG 33(a) illustrates the rail 1 100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment The rail 1 100 is a member attached to the electrode 107 that can be captured by a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool and used to precisely locate the electrode 107 during its surgical implantation within the patient The rail 1100 comprises three sections a foundation 1105, a riser 1110 and a head 1115 The foundation 1105 is separated from the head 1115 by the riser 1125
The foundation 1 105 comprises a flat, substantially planar member, comprising a first pair of sides 1106 and a second pair of sides 1107 The first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1 105 are substantially linear and substantially parallel In an alternate embodiment, the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1105 are neither linear nor parallel The length of the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1 105 is approximately 2 cm In alternate embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the foundation 1105 ranges from approximately 2 mm to approximately 6 cm In an alternate embodiment, the first pair of sides 1106 of the foundation 1105 are as long as the electrode 107 (not shown) of the lead electrode assembly 100 (not shown)
The second pair of sides 1107 of the foundation 1 105 are substantially linear and substantially parallel In an alternate embodiment, the second pair of sides 1107 of the foundation 1 105 are neither linear nor parallel The length of the second pair of sides 1107 of the foundation 1105 is approximately 1 cm In alternate embodiments, the length of the second pair of sides 1 107 of the foundation 1 105 ranges from approximately 0 5 cm to approximately 3 cm
The foundation 1105 further compnses a top surface 1120 and a bottom surface 1121 The foundation 1105 has a thickness, measured as the distance between the top surface 1 120 and the bottom surface 1121 The thickness of the foundation 1105 is 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the thickness of the foundation 1105 ranges between approximately 1 mm and approximately 5 mm
Turning now to the πser 1 1 10, the riser 1 1 10 comprises a flat, substantially planar protrusion from the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1105 of the rail 1 100 The πser comprises a first face 1125, a second face 1 126, a top 1 127, a bottom 1 128, a proximal end 1123 and a distal end 1124 The first face 1 125 and second face 1126 are parallel to each other and peφendicular to the top surface 1120 of the foundation 1105 The first face 1 125 and a second face 1 126 of the nser 1 1 10 are parallel to the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1 105. The bottom 1 128 of the πser 1 110 joins the foundation 1105 in a position centered between the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1105. The proximal end 1123 of the riser 1110 and the distal end 1124 of the riser 1110 are parallel to each other and peφendicular to the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1 105 In other embodiments, the proximal end 1 123 of the πser 1 1 10 and the distal end 1124 of the riser 1110 are not parallel to each other
In one embodiment, the proximal end 1123 of the riser 11 10 is not peφendicular the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1 105. Instead, the proximal end 1 123 of the riser 1 1 10 is sloped, so that the proximal end 1123 and the distal end 1124 of the πser 1 1 10 are closer at the top 1127 of the riser 1 1 10 than at the bottom 1128 of the riser A slanted proximal end 1123 make the rail 1 100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 offer less resistance against the tissues of the patient during insertion into the patient
The height of the riser, HRlserι is measured as the distance between the top surface 1 120 of the foundation 1105 to the head 1115, peφendicular to the top surface 1120 of the foundation 1105 The height of the riser is approximately 5 mm. In alternate embodiments, the height of the riser ranges from approximately 1 mm to approximately 10 mm.
The πser 11 10 has a width, measured as the distance between the first face 1125 and the second face 1126. The width of the riser 1110 is 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the width of the nser 11 10 ranges from approximately 1 mm to approximately 6 mm
Turning now to the head 1 115, the head 1 115 is a flat, substantially planar member The head 1 1 15 comprises a first pair of sides 1136, a second pair of sides 1 137, a top surface 1116 and a bottom surface 1117 (not shown) The first pair of sides 1 136 and the second pair of sides 1137 of the head 1 1 15 are substantially linear and substantially parallel In an alternate embodiment, the first pair of sides 1136 of the head 11 15 are neither linear nor parallel. In an alternate embodiment, the second pair of sides 1 137 of the head 1115 are neither linear nor parallel
The length of the first pair of sides 1 136 of the head 1 115 is equal to the length of the first pair of sides 1 106 of the foundation 1105. In alternate embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 1 136 of the head 1 1 15 is unequal to the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the foundation 1 105. The length of the second pair of sides 1 137 of the head 1 1 15 is approximately 5 mm. In alternate embodiments, the length of the second pair of sides 1137 of the head 1 1 15 ranges from approximately 3 mm to approximately 10 mm
The bottom surface 1117 of the head 11 15 joins the top 1 127 of the riser 1110 opposite the foundation 1105 of the rail 1100. The top surface 11 16 and the bottom surface 11 17 of the head 1 1 15 are parallel to the top surface 1120 of the foundation 1105. In an alternate embodiment, the top surface 1 1 16 and the bottom surface 1117 of the head 1 1 15 are not parallel to the top surface 1 120 of the foundation
1 105.
The head 1 115 has a thickness, measured as the distance between the top surface 1 1 16 and the bottom surface 1117 of the head 1115. The thickness of the head 1 115 is approximately 2 mm In alternate embodiments, the thickness of the head ranges between approximately 2 mm and approximately 10 mm.
The foundation 1105, the head 1 1 15 and the riser 11 10 are made of stainless steel. In alternate embodiments, some or all of the sections of the rail 1100 are made of metals other than stainless steel. In alternate embodiments, some or all of the sections of the rail 1100 are made of a polymeric material wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone and mixtures thereof.
The foundation 1105, the head 1115 and the πser 1110 are machined from the same piece of material In an alternate embodiment, some or all of the sections are formed independently and welded to the others.
Turning in detail to FIG. 33(b), the position of the rail 1100 within the lead electrode assembly
100 will be discussed. The rail 1 100 is positioned so that its bottom surface 1121 is adjacent to and covers a region of the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130. The rail is centered between the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130 In an alternate embodiment, the rail is not centered between the first side 133 and second side 134 of the backing layer 130.
In an alternate embodiment, there is no backing layer 130 and the rail 1 100 is positioned so that its bottom surface 1121 is adjacent to the top surface 110 of the electrode 107. Turning now to the electrode 107 of this embodiment, the electrode 107 is the same shape and size as the electrode 107 discussed with reference to FIGS 17(a)-(g) In alternative embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 108 (not shown) and second pair of sides 109 (not shown) of the electrode 107 range independently between approximately 1 cm and approximately 5 cm
Turning now to the molded cover 220, the skirt 222 of the molded cover 220 partially covers the bottom surface 115 of the electrode 107 as discussed with reference to FIG. 17(d). The molded cover 220 further substantially covers the first surface 131 of the backing layer 130. The molded cover 220 does not cover the first surface 131 of the backing layer 220 in the region in which the bottom surface 1 121 of the rail 1 100 is adjacent to the backing layer 130. Instead, the molded cover 220 in this region substantially covers the top surface 1120 of the rail 1 100. The molded cover 220 abuts the first face 1125 and second face 1126 of the riser 1110 of the rail 1100
Turning to FIG. 33(c), the position of the lead 21 and the appendage 118 will now be discussed. The interface line 800 of the appendage 118 and the line of the lead 805 are the same line. In an alternate embodiment, interface line 800 of the appendage 118 and the line of the lead 805 are not the same line The line of the lead 805 is centered between the first pair of sides 108 (phantom view) of the electrode 107 (phantom view) In an alternate embodiment, the line of the lead 805 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
FIG 34 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 33(a)-33(c). In this embodiment, however, the dimensions of the electrode 107 are different from those of the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 33(a)-33(c)
The first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 (phantom view) are approximately 2 4 cm in length. The second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 are approximately 4 cm in length. In alternative embodiments, the length of the first pair of sides 108 and second pair of sides 109 of the electrode 107 range independently between approximately 1 cm and approximately 5 cm.
The interface line 800 of the rail 1100 is parallel to the line of the lead 805 In an alternate embodiment, the interface line 800 of the rail 1110 is not parallel to the line of the lead 805 The interface line 800 of the rail 1 100 is centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 In an alternate embodiment, the interface line 800 of the rail 1 100 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
The line of the lead 805 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107 Because the lead 805 is not centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107, the lead rail 1 110 may be more easily accessed by a lead electrode manipulation tool (not shown) In an alternate embodiment, the line of the lead 805 is centered between the first pair of sides 108 of the electrode 107
FIG 35 illustrates a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 useful for manipulating a lead electrode assembly (not shown) having an appendage 118 comprising a rail 1100 during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100 in a patient Examples of such lead electrode assembly 100 embodiments are shown in FIGS 33(a)-33(c) and 34
The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 comprises a handle 1 142, a rod 1144 and a rail fork 1146 The handle 1142 is connected to the rod 1144 The rail fork 1146 is also connected to the rod 1 144
The rod 1 144 is a cylindrical member with a diameter of approximately 4 mm, approximately 25 cm in length, having a proximal end 1147 and a distal end 1148 The rod 1144 is curved with a radius of approximately 20 cm
The rod is made of steel In other embodiments, the rod is composed of titanium, a polymeric material or any other material suitable for this puφose
The handle 1142 is a cylindrical member with a diameter sized to fit comfortably in the palm of a surgeon's hand The rod is connected to the proximal end 1147 of the rod 1 144 In an alternate embodiment, the handle 1142 is not cylindrical In an alternate embodiment, the handle 1142 has ergodynamic contours
The handle is made of polyurethane In an alternate embodiment, the handle is made of any metal, or any polymeric material suitable for this puφose Turning now to FIG 35(b), the rail fork 1 146 is attached to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144 The rod further comprises a slot 1162 in its distal end The rail fork comprises a pair of tines 1151 separated by a gap 1 153 and a tme base 1160 having a tang 1161
Each of the pair of tines 1151 has a proximal end 1 154 and a distal end 1155 The proximal ends
1154 of the pair of tines 1 151 are attached to the tme base 1160 Each of the pair of tines 1151 has a substantially rectangular form with straight inner sides 1 156 and straight outer sides 1 157 The distal ends 1155 of each of the pair of tines 1 151 are rounded The length of the pair of tines 1151, measured from the distal end 1 155 to the proximal end 1154, is substantially equal to the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the rail 1100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 In alternate embodiments, the length of the pair of tines 1151 is substantially greater than or less than the length of the first pair of sides 1106 of the rail 1100
The pair of fines 1 151 are separated by a gap 1153 formed by the inner sides 1 156 of the pair of tines 1 151 and the fine base 1160
The pair of tines 1 151 and the tme base 1160 comprising the rail fork 1 146 are punched from a single sheet of steel having a thickness of approximately 3 mm In other embodiments, the rail fork 1 146 is composed of titanium, a polymeric material or any other material suitable for this puφose In one embodiment, the handle 1142, the rod 1 144 and the rail fork 1146 are all made from the same piece of material
FIG 35(c) illustrates a side plan view of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 The rod 1 144 further comprises a slot 1162 in its distal end 1148 The tme base 1160 connects the pair of tines 1151 to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144 The tme base 1160 comprises a tang 1 161 (phantom view) The tang 1161 is inserted m the slot 1162 in the rod 1144 The tang 1161 is welded in the slot
1 162 of the rod 1 144
We now turn to a description of the use of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 in the implantation of a lead electrode assembly 100 into a patient
As discussed with reference to FIG 31, an incision 905 is made in the patient 900 As discussed with reference to FIG 32(a), a subcutaneous path 1090 is created in the patent 900 with a hemostat 932 As shown in FIG 35(d), the lead electrode assembly 100 is then captured by the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927. The rail 1110 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is inserted into the rail fork 1146 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 The πser 1110 (phantom view) of the rail is placed into the gap 1 153 between the pair of tines 1 151 of the rail fork 1 146. The pair of tines 1 151 fit between the bottom surface 1 1 17 of the head 1 1 15 of the rail 1 100 and the molded cover 220 The rail 1100 is slid toward the proximal end 1155 of the pair of tmes 1 151 until the riser 1110 of the rail 1 100 reaches the fine base 1160 of the rail fork 1146. The lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 can then be pulled in toward the handle 1 142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 until it is taught. This acts to prevent the rail 1100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 from sliding toward the distal end 1151 of the pair of tines 1151 of the rail fork 1 146.
As discussed with reference to FIG. 32(c), the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to place the lead electrode assembly 100 into the incision 905 of the patient 900 and used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090
The lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 To achieve this, the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is released so that the pair of tines 1 151 of the rail fork 1146 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 can slide relative to the rail 1100 of the lead electrode assembly 100 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be extracted from the subcutaneous path 1090, leaving the lead electrode assembly 100 behind
FIGS. 36(a)-36(b) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiments illustrated in FIGS 17(a)- 17(g). The backing layer 130 of this embodiment, however, lacks an integrated fin tab 180. Moreover, the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a pocket 1300.
FIG. 36(a) illustrates a cross-sectional side plan view of this embodiment. The pocket 1300 comprises a layer of material 1315 and stitching 360. The pocket further comprises an interior 1305 and an opening 1310 The layer of material 1315 is attached to the molded cover 220 with the stitching 360 The molded cover 220 is, in turn, attached to the electrode 107.
The molded cover 220 comprises an outer surface 1330 and a top surface 1331 The outer surface 1330 of the molded cover 220 is the surface of the molded cover 220 that does not lie adjacent to the backing layer 131 or the electrode 107. The top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 faces away from, and parallel to the electrode 107.
The layer of material 1315 of the pocket 1300 comprises an inner face 1316 and an outer face 1317. The layer of material 1315 is attached to the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 so that the inner face 1316 of the layer of material 1315 faces the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 The inner face 1316 of the layer of material 1315 also faces the top surface 1 10 of the electrode 107
The layer of material 1315 is made of polyurethane In other embodiments, the layer of material 1315 is made of any bio-compatible material suitable for this puφose. In other embodiments, the layer of material 1315 is made of any bio-compatible polymeric material.
The stitching 360 fastening the layer of material 1315 to the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 is comprised of nylon. In alternate embodiments, the stitching 360 comprises any polymeric material.
FIG. 36(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of FIG. 36(a). The top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 has a first side 1333, a second side 1334, a distal end 1336, a proximal end 1337, a length and a width.
The distal end 1336, proximal end 1337, first side 1333 and second side 1334 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 are positioned substantially over the distal end 137 (phantom view), proximal end 138 (phantom view), first side 133 (not shown) and second side 134 (not shown) of the backing layer 130 (phantom view) respectively.
The width of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 is measured as the distance between the first side 1333 and second side 1334 of the back surface. The length of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover is measured as the distance between the distal end 1336 and proximal end 1337 of the molded cover 220.
The layer of material 1315 comprises a periphery 1318 and a middle portion 1319. More particularly, the layer of material 1315 comprises a distal end 1320, a proximal end 1321 , a first side 1322 and a second side 1323. The periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315 comprises the distal end 1320, the proximal end 1321, the first side 1322 and the second side 1323 of the layer of material 1315. The middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315 comprises the area between the distal end 1320, the proximal end 1321, the first side 1322 and the second side 1323 of the layer of material 1315.
The pocket 1300 formed by the layer of material 1315 further comprises a bounded region 1325 and a center 1326. The bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 is attached to the back face 1317 of the molded cover 220. The center 1326 of the pocket 1300 is not attached to the back face 1317 of the molded cover 220. Stitching 360 in the bounded region 1325 is used to attach the layer of material 1315 to the molded cover 220
In the embodiment under discussion, the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises a portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315. The bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises the proximal end 1321, the first side 1322 and the second side 1323 of the layer of material 1315. In this embodiment, the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not comprise the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315. The center 1326 of the pocket 1300 comprises the middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315. The bounded region 1325 is curved around the center 1326 of the pocket 1300 in a "U" shape. The bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not completely enclose the center 1326 of the pocket 1300.
In this embodiment, the bounded region 1325 of the pocket comprises a contiguous portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315. In an alternate embodiment, the bounded region 1325 of the pocket comprises a plurality of segmented portions of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315.
In an alternate embodiment the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not comprise any portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315 In alternate embodiments, the bounded region 1325 comprises any shape that could be traced on the layer of material 1315 that partially encloses a center 1326 In one embodiment, the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 is a portion of a circle's circumference (not shown) that does not touch the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315 The center 1326 is the area mside the circle
In an alternate embodiment, the pocket 1300 comprises a sheet of molded sihcone. The molded sihcone is fused to the molded cover 220 in the bounded region 1325.
The opening 1310 of the pocket 1300 comprises the area between the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315 and the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 The interior 1305 of the pocket 1300 comprises the area between the middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315 and the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
The layer of material 1315 is positioned so that its first side 1322 and second side 1323 are positioned over the first side 1333 and second side 1334 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 respectively The layer of material 1315 is positioned so that its proximal end 1321 is positioned over the proximal end 1337 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
The layer of material 1315 is sized so that its length is shorter than the length of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 In alternate embodiments, the layer of material 1315 is sized so that its length is equal to, or longer than the length of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
The proximal end 1321 of the layer of material 1315 is sized so that its width is substantially equal to the width of the proximal end 1337 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 The layer of matenal 1315 is sized so that its width steadily increases toward its distal end 1320
The first side 1318 of the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315 is fastened to the first side 1333 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 The second side 1323 of the distal end 1320 of the layer of material 1315 is fastened to the second side 1334 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220
Since the first end 1322 of the layer of material 1315 is wider than the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220, the layer of material 1315 separates from the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 to form the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300
In an alternate embodiment, the lead electrode assembly 100 lacks a molded cover 220 and the pocket 1300 is attached directly to the backing layer 130 In another alternate embodiment the lead electrode assembly 100 lacks a molded cover 220 and a backing layer 130 and the pocket 1300 is attached directly to the electrode 107 In a further alternate embodiment, the pocket 1300 is molded as part of the molded cover 220
FIG 36(c) illustrates a cross-sectional side plan view of an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 36(a)-36(b) The backing layer 130 of this embodiment, however, further comprises a fin 120 positioned in the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300 The fin 120 of this embodiment is substantially similar to the fin 120 of the embodiment illustrated in FIG 17(b)
The fin 120 comprises an integrated fin tab 180 formed on the backing layer 130 The molded cover 220 covers the integrated fin tab 180 to form the fin 120 The integrated fin tab 180 has a slope- shaped proximal edge 183 The sloped-shape of the resulting fin 120 permits a the fin 120 to fit deeply into the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300 The hood can act to reduce the resistance presented by the tissues of the patient against the fin 120 and any tool used to grasp the fin 120 during insertion of the lead electrode assembly 100 Such a hood can be placed over any fin discussed in the specification to perform this function or any other function
In alternate embodiments, appendages other than a fin are positioned between the pocket 1300 and the electrode 107, in the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300 In one embodiment, a loop such as that discussed with reference to FIGS 21(a)-21(c) is positioned in the interior 1305 of the pocket 1300 In another embodiment, a tube such as that discussed with reference to FIG 26 is positioned in the interior
1305 of the pocket 1300
FIG 37(a) and 37(b) illustrates an alternate embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100 This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS 36(a)-36(b)
FIG 37(a) illustrates a bottom plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment In this embodiment, the electrode 107 is thumbnail shaped
FIG 37(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment The top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 is shaped to accommodate the thumbnail shaped electrode 107
Like the embodiment discussed with reference to FIGS 36(a) and 36(b), the pocket 1300 comprises a layer of material 1315 In this embodiment, however, the layer of material 1315 has a roughly triangular shape The layer of material 1315 comprises a periphery 1318 and a middle portion 1319 More particularly, the layer of material compnses a first side 1340, a second side 1341 and a third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315 The periphery 1318 of the layer of material compπses the first side 1340, the second side 1341 and the third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315 The middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315 comprises the area between the first side 1340, the second side 1341 and the third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315 In this embodiment, the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises a portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315 The bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 comprises the first side 1340 and the second side 1341 of the layer of material 1315 The center 1326 of the pocket 1300 comprises the middle portion 1319 of the layer of material 1315. The opening 1310 of the pocket 1300 comprises the third side 1342 of the layer of material 1315 and the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220. The bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 is curved around the center 1326 of the pocket 1300. The bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not completely enclose the center 1326.
In this embodiment, the bounded region 1325 of the pocket comprises a contiguous portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315. In an alternate embodiment, the bounded region 1325 ofthe pocket comprises a plurality of segmented portions ofthe periphery 1318 of the layer of material 131 .
In an alternate embodiment the bounded region 1325 of the pocket 1300 does not comprise any portion of the periphery 1318 of the layer of material 1315.
"J FIG. 38(a)-38(c) illustrates a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927. The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated is useful for manipulating a lead electrode assembly 100 having a pocket 1300 during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100 in a patient Examples of such a lead electrode assembly 100 embodiments are shown in FIGS 36(a), 36(b), 37(a) and 37(b).
FIG. 38(a) is a top view ofthe lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 of this embodiment The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 comprises a handle 1 142 (not shown), a rod 1144 and a paddle 1350.
The rod 1144 and handle 1142 are substantially similar to the rod 1144 and handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated in FIGS. 35(a)-35(d). The handle 1142 is connected to the rod 1144.
The paddle 1350 is attached to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144. The paddle 1350 comprises a disk 1351 and a tang 1 161 (phantom view) FIG 38(b) is a side view of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 of this embodiment The tang 1 161 is inserted in the slot 1162 in the rod 1144. The tang 1 161 is welded into the slot 1162 ofthe rod 1144
The disk 1351 and the tang 1 161 are punched from a single sheet of steel having a thickness of approximately 3 mm. In other embodiments, the disk 1351 and tang 1 161 are composed of titanium, a polymeric material or any other material suitable for this puφose. In one embodiment, the handle 1142, the rod 1 144 and the paddle 1350 are all made from the same piece of material.
We now rum to FIG 38(c) for a description of the use of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 m the implantation of a lead electrode assembly 100 into a patient.
As discussed with reference to FIG. 31, an incision 905 is made in the patient 900. As discussed with reference to FIG. 32(a), a subcutaneous path 1090 is created in the patient 900 with a hemostat 932.
The lead electrode assembly 100 is then captured by the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927. The paddle 1350 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is inserted into the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100 The paddle 1350 is slid into the interior 1305 of the pocket via the opening 1310 of the pocket until it can go no further. At this point, the paddle 1350 touches the inner surface 1316 ofthe proximal end 1321 ofthe layer of material 1315
The lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 can then be pulled toward the handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 until it is taught. This acts to prevent the paddle 1350 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 from sliding out of the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100.
The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to place the lead electrode assembly 100 into the incision 905 of the patient as seen m FIG 31 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090 created as discussed with reference to FIG. 32(c).
The lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927. To achieve this, the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is released so that the paddle 1350 can slide relative to the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be extracted from the subcutaneous path 1090 leaving the lead electrode assembly 100 behind.
Alternately, a curved hemostat, such as the hemostat 930 discussed with reference to FIG. 32(b) could be inserted in the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100 The hemostat could then be used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090 as discussed above.
Alternately, a curved hemostat, such as the hemostat 930 discussed with reference to FIG. 32(b) could be used to grip the the pocket 1300 of the lead electrode assembly 100, and used to move the electrode 107 to the termination point 1085 ofthe subcutaneous path 1090 as discussed above.
FIGS. 39(a)-39(b) illustrate an alternative embodiment of the lead electrode assembly 100. This embodiment is substantially similar to the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 38(a)-38(c). The backing layer 130 of this embodiment, however, lacks a pocket 1300. Moreover, the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment further comprises a first channel guide 1401 and a second channel guide 1402.
FIG 39(a) illustrates a cross-sectional rear plan view of the lead electrode assembly 100 of this embodiment The first channel guide 1401 and a second channel guide 1402 each have an interior 1403 and an opening 1404.
The first channel guide 1401 and the second channel guide 1402 each comprise a strip of material 1406 attached to the molded cover 220.
The strip of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 is substantially rectangular in shape. The strip of material 1406 comprises a first side 1410 and a second side 1412. The first side 1410 and the second side 1412 of the strip of material 1406 are parallel to each other In another embodiment, the first side 1410 of the strip of material 1406 is not parallel to the second side 1412.
The strip of material 1406 further comprises an inner surface 1417 and a outer surface 1416. The stnp of material is positioned so that the inner surface 1417 of the first side 1410 faces the outer surface 1330 of the molded cover 220 The first side 1410 of the strip of material is attached to the first side 1333 of the top surface 1331 of the molded cover 220 The second side 1412 of the strip of material 1406 is attached to the skirt 222 ofthe molded cover 220. The interior 1403 of the first channel guide is formed between the inner face 1417 of the strip of material 1406 and the outer surface 1330 ofthe molded cover 220
The second channel guide is formed in substantially the same way on the second side 1334 of the molded cover 220
FIG 39(b) illustrates a top plan view of the lead electrode assembly of the embodiment of FIG
39(a) The strip of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 is substantially rectangular in shape having a distal end 1413 and a proximal end 1414 The distal end 1413 and the proximal end 1414 of the strip of material 1406 are parallel to each other In another embodiment, the distal end 1413 of the strip of material 1406 is not parallel to the proximal end 1414 of the strip of material 1406
The opening 1404 of the first channel guide 1401 is formed by the distal end 1413 of the strip of material 1406 and the outer surface 1330 ofthe molded cover 220
The first side 1410 and the second side 1412 (not shown) of the strip of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 are positioned so that they he parallel to the first side 1333 (phantom view) of the molded cover 220
The second channel guide 1402 is formed and mounted to the lead electrode assembly 100 in substantially the same way as the first channel guide 1401 The first side 1410 and the second side 1412 (not shown) of the strip of material 1406 comprising the second channel guide 1402 are positioned so that they lie parallel to the second side 1333 (phantom view) of the molded cover 220
The strips of matenal 1406 are composed of polyurethane In an alternate embodiment, the strips of material 1406 are composed of any polymeric material The strips of material 1406 are fastened to the molded cover 220 with stitching 360
In an alternate embodiment, the strips of material 1406 are made of molded sihcone and attached to the molded cover 220 by fusing them to the molded cover 220 In an alternate embodiment, the first channel guide 1401 and the second channel guide 1402 are formed as part of the molded cover 220 FIG 40(a)-40(b) illustrates a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated is useful for manipulating a lead electrode assembly 100 having a first channel guide 1401 and a second channel guide 1402 during the implantation of the lead electrode assembly 100 in a patient. Examples of such a lead electrode assembly 100 embodiments are shown m FIGS . 39(a)-39(b)
FIG 40(a) illustrates a top plan view of a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927. The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 m this embodiment comprises a handle 1 142 (not shown), a rod 1144 and a channel guide fork 1446.
The rod 1144 and handle 1 142 are substantially similar to the rod 1144 and handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 illustrated in FIGS 35(a)-35(d). The handle 1 142 is connected to the rod 1144.
The channel guide fork 1446 is attached to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1144 The channel guide fork 1446 comprises a pair of tmes 1451 separated by a gap 1455 and a tme base 1450 having a tang 1161.
The pair of tmes 1451 each have a proximal end 1452 and a distal end 1453 The proximal ends 1452 of the pair of fines 1451 are attached to the tine base 1450 The pair of tmes 1451 have a substantially cylindrical form The distal end 1453 of each of the pair of tmes 1451 is rounded
The length of the pair of fines 1451 is substantially equal to the length of the first side 1410 of the strips of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402 In alternate embodiments, the length of the tines 1451 is substantially greater than or less than the length of the first side 1410 of the strips of material 1406 comprising the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402.
The tines are separated by a gap 1455 between the proximal ends 1452 of the pair of tines 1451. The pair of fines 1451 are substantially straight and substantially parallel to each other.
The tine base 1450 connects the pair of tines 1451 to the distal end 1148 of the rod 1 144 The tine base 1450 comprises a tang 1161 (phantom view). The tang 1 161 is inserted in a slot 1 162 in the rod 1 144. The tang 1 161 is welded m the slot 1162 of the rod 1144. The pair of fines 1451 comprising the channel guide fork 1446 are composed of steel and have a diameter of approximately 3 mm The tme base 1450 comprising the channel guide fork 1446 is punched from a single strip of steel having a thickness of approximately 3 mm The pair of tines 1451 are welded to the fine base 1450
In other embodiments, the channel guide fork 1446 is composed of metal, a polymeric material, or any other material suitable for this puφose In one embodiment, the handle 1142, the rod 1144 and the channel guide fork 1446 are all made from the same piece of material
We now turn to FIG 40(b) for a description of the use of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 in the implantation of a lead electrode assembly 100 into a patient
As discussed with reference to FIG 31, an incision 905 is made in the patient 900 As discussed with reference to FIG 32(a), a subcutaneous path 1090 is created in the patent 900 with a hemostat 932
The lead electrode assembly 100 is then captured by the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 The pair of tmes 1451 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is inserted into the openings 1404 in the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402
The electrode 107 is placed into the gap 1455 between the tines of the channel guide fork 1446 The tines 1451 fit into the interior 1403 of the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402 The molded cover is slid toward the proximal end 1452 ofthe tines until it can go no further The lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 can then be pulled in toward the handle 1142 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 until it is taught This acts to prevent the lead electrode assembly 100 from sliding toward the distal end 1453 ofthe pair of tines 1451 ofthe channel guide fork 1446
The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to place the lead electrode assembly 100 into the incision 905 of the patient as seen in FIG 31 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be used to move the electrode 107 through the termination point 1085 of the subcutaneous path 1090 created as discussed with reference to FIG 32(c)
The lead electrode assembly 100 is then released from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 To achieve this, the lead 21 of the lead electrode assembly 100 is released so that the pair of fines 1451 of the channel guide fork 1446 of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 can slide relative to the first channel guide 1401 and second channel guide 1402 of the lead electrode assembly 100 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 may then be extracted from the subcutaneous path 1090 leaving the lead electrode assembly 100 behind.
FIG 41(a) illustrates a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibπllator kit 1201 of the present invention.
The kit comprises a group of items that may be used in implanting a S-ICD system in a patient The kit 1201 comprises a group of one or more of the following items, an S-ICD canister 11 , a lead electrode assembly 100, a hemostat 1205, a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927, a medical adhesive 1210, an anesthetic 1215, a tube of mineral oil 1220 and a tray 1200 for storing these items.
In one embodiment, the S-ICD canister 1 1 is the S-ICD canister 11 seen in, and discussed with reference to FIG. 1.
The lead electrode assembly 100 is the lead electrode assembly 100 with a rail 1100, and discussed with reference to FIGS. 33(b) and 33(c). In alternate embodiments, the lead electrode assembly 100 is any lead electrode assembly 100 including an electrode 107 with an appendage 1 18, a pocket; or a first and second channel guide for positioning the electrode 107 during implantation.
The hemostat 1205 is a curved hemostat made of steel having a first end 1240 and a second end 1241. The hemostat 1205 has a length, measured between the first end 1240 and the second end 1241 as shown in FIG. 41(b) by dimension LHemostat The length of the hemostat 1205, LHemostat> is approximately 75 cm. In an alternate embodiments, the hemostat 1205 is a length other than 75 cm. In an alternate embodiment, the hemostat 1205 is the enhanced hemostat seen in, and discussed with reference to FIG. 31.
The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 with a rail fork 1 146. In alternate embodiments, the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 is any lead electrode assembly manipulation tool 927 including a paddle or a channel guide fork.
The medical adhesive 1210 comprises a roll of clear, 1-inch wide medical adhesive tape As will be recognized, the medical adhesive could be a liquid adhesive, or any other adhesive substance The anesthetic 1215 is a one ounce tube of hdocaine gel This can be used as a local anesthetic for the introduction of the lead electrode assembly 100 as discussed below As will be recognized, the anesthetic could be any substance that has a pam-killmg effect. Alternatively, one could use an injectable form of anesthetic inserted along the path of the lead
The tube of mineral oil 1220 is a one ounce tube of mineral oil. This can be used for oiling parts of the electrode connector block 17 seen in FIG. 1.
The tray 1200 is a box sized to fit the items of the kit 1201. The tray 1200 is composed of molded plastic. In another embodiment, the tray 1200 is a cardboard box. One skilled in the art will recognize that the tray 1200 may comprise any container capable of containing the items of the kit In one embodiment, the tray is formed with recessed partitions 1230 that generally follow the outline of the items of the kit 1201 to be stored in the tray In one embodiment, the tray 1200 has packaging material 1225 disposed over it, wherein the packing material 1225 provides a sanitary cover for the items of the kit 1201. The packaging matenal 1225 further acts to contain the items of the kit 1201
In an alternate embodiment the kit 1201 comprises ten lead electrode assemblies 100 each comprising a lead 21 having a lead length, lLcad different from the others. In one embodiment, the lead lengths range between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm with approximately a 10 cm difference between the lead length of each lead electrode assembly 100.
In an alternative embodiment, the kit 1201 comprises an S-ICD canister 11, a hemostat 1205 and an assortment of lead electrode assemblies 100 each comprising a lead 21 having a lead length, lLead, different from the others
In one embodiment, the kit 1200 further compπses a tray 12QJ" and an assortment of lead electrode assemblies 100, each with an electrode 107 curved at a radius r different from the others
In another embodiment, the kit 1200 includes components sized for surgery on a patient of a particular size. A kit 1200 for a 10 year old child, for example, includes an S-ICD canister 1 1 with a length of approximately 10 cm, a lead electrode assembly 100 with a lead length, LLead of approximately
12 cm and a radius r of approximately 10 cm and hemostat 1205 with a hemostat length, LHemoslat> of approximately 12 cm. The S-ICD device and method of the present invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the teachings or essential characteristics of the invention The described embodiments are therefore to be considered in all respects as illustrative and not restrictive, the scope of the invention being indicated by the appended claims rather than by the foregoing description and all changes which come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are therefore to be embraced therein.

Claims

What is claimed is:
A lead electrode assembly for subcutaneous implantation comprising an electrode, at least two channel guides coupled to the electrode for positioning the lead electrode assembly.
The lead electrode assembly of claim 1, wherein the electrode is substantially planar
3. The lead electrode assembly of claim 2, wherein the at least two channel guides comprise a first channel guide and a second channel guide and wherein the first channel guide is coupled to a first side ofthe electrode and the second channel guide is coupled to a second side of the electrode.
4 The lead electrode assembly of claim 3, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide each comprise a strip of material
5. The lead electrode assembly of claim 4, wherein the strip of material comprises a polymeric material
6. The lead electrode assembly of claim 5, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof
7. The lead electrode assembly of claim 4, wherein the stπp of material is coupled to the electrode with stitching
8. The lead electrode assembly of claim 4, wherein the strip of material has a rectangular shape
9. The lead electrode assembly of claim 4, wherein an inner side of the strip of material is coupled to the electrode
10. The lead electrode assembly of claim 9, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled between the inner side of the strip of material and the electrode
1 1 The lead electrode assembly of claim 9, wherein the electrode is substantially planar comprising a first side, a second side, a top surface and a bottom surface
12 The lead electrode assembly of claim 1 1 , wherein the inner side of the strip of material is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface of the electrode
13 The lead electrode assembly of claim 11, wherein the inner side of the strip of material comprising the first channel guide is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface of the electrode on the first side ofthe electrode
14. The lead electrode assembly of claim 13, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a backing layer, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface of the first side of the electrode and the inner side of the strip of material comprising the first channel guide.
15. The lead electrode assembly of claim 14, wherein the inner side of the strip of material comprising the second channel guide is coupled to the top surface and bottom surface of the electrode on the second side of the electrode.
16. The lead electrode assembly of claim 15, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface ofthe second side ofthe electrode and the inner side of the strip of material comprising the second channel guide
17 The lead electrode assembly of claim 4, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode
18. The lead electrode assembly of claim 17, wherein the strip of material is attached to the molded cover.
19. The lead electrode assembly of claim 18, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode.
20. The lead electrode assembly of claim 17, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material
21. The lead electrode assembly of claim 20, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
22. The lead electrode assembly of claim 3, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode
23. The lead electrode assembly of claim 22, wherein the molded cover partially covers the electrode
24. The lead electrode assembly of claim 23, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode.
25. The lead electrode assembly of claim 22, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material
26. The lead electrode assembly of claim 25, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof
27. The lead electrode assembly of claim 22, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide are formed as part of the molded cover.
28 The lead electrode assembly of claim 1, wherein the electrode compπses a mesh of metallic material.
29. The lead electrode assembly of claim 28, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof.
30. The lead electrode assembly of claim 1 , wherein the electrode comprises a substantially flat sheet of metallic material
31. The lead electrode assembly of claim 30, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof.
32. The lead electrode assembly of claim 1, wherein the electrode comprises at least one surface.
33. The lead electrode assembly of claim 32, wherein the electrode is substantially planar.
34. The lead electrode assembly of claim 32, wherein the said at least one surface has a surface area between approximately 100 square millimeters and approximately 2000 square millimeters.
35. The lead electrode assembly of claim 1, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a lead, wherein the lead is coupled to the electrode.
36. The lead electrode assembly of claim 35, wherein the lead comprises one or more electrical conductors and an electrically insulating sheath, wherein the electrically insulating sheath encloses said one or more electrical conductors.
37. The lead electrode assembly of claim 35, wherein the said one or more electrical conductors are electrically coupled to the electrode.
38 The lead electrode assembly of claim 35, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a connector, wherein the lead comprises a proximal end and a distal end and wherein the connector is physically connected to the distal end ofthe lead.
39 The lead electrode assembly of claim 38, wherein the connector is electrically coupled to the electrode
40. The lead electrode assembly of claim 35, the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm in length. 41 The lead electrode assembly of claim 40, wherein the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 30 cm in length.
42. The lead electrode assembly of claim 41 , wherein the lead is between approximately 10 cm and approximately 20 cm in length.
43. The lead electrode assembly of claim 40, wherein the lead length is one of a plurality of pre-set lengths.
44. The lead electrode assembly of claim 43, wherein the pre-set lengths vary by approximately 10 cm.
45 The lead electrode assembly of claim 35, wherein the lead has a proximal end and a distal end and further wherein the proximal end of the lead is physically connected to the electrode.
46 The lead electrode assembly of claim 45, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a lead fastener coupled between the lead and the electrode.
47. A lead electrode assembly for use with an implantable cardioverter-defibπllator subcutaneously implanted outside the ribcage between the third and twelfth ribs comprising. an electrode; a first channel guide and a second channel guide coupled to the electrode for positioning the lead electrode assembly.
48. The lead electrode assembly of claim 47, wherein the electrode is substantially planar.
49. The lead electrode assembly of claim 48, wherein the at least two channel guides comprise a first channel guide and a second channel guide and wherein the first channel guide is coupled to a first side ofthe electrode and the second channel guide is coupled to a second side ofthe electrode
50. The lead electrode assembly of claim 49, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide each comprise a strip of material.
51. The lead electrode assembly of claim 50, wherein the strip of material comprises a polymeric material.
52 The lead electrode assembly of claim 51 , wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
53. The lead electrode assembly of claim 50, wherein the strip of matenal is coupled to the electrode with stitching.
54. The lead electrode assembly of claim 50, wherein the strip of material has a rectangular shape
55. The lead electrode assembly of claim 50, wherein an inner side of the strip of material is coupled to the electrode.
56. The lead electrode assembly of claim 55, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled between the inner side of the strip of material and the electrode.
57. The lead electrode assembly of claim 55, wherein the electrode is substantially planar comprising a first side, a second side, a top surface and a bottom surface.
58 The lead electrode assembly of claim 57, wherein the inner side of the strip of material is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface ofthe electrode.
59. The lead electrode assembly of claim 57, wherein the inner side of the strip of material comprising the first channel guide is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface of the electrode on the first side of the electrode.
60. The lead electrode assembly of claim 59, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a backing layer, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface of the first side of the electrode and the inner side ofthe strip of material comprising the first channel guide. 61 The lead electrode assembly of claim 60, wherein the inner side of the strip of material comprising the second channel guide is coupled to the top surface and bottom surface of the electrode on the second side of the electrode
62 The lead electrode assembly of claim 61, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface of the second side of the electrode and the inner side ofthe strip of material comprising the second channel guide
63 The lead electrode assembly of claim 50, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode
64 The lead electrode assembly of claim 63, wherein the strip of material is attached to the molded cover
65 The lead electrode assembly of claim 64, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode
66 The lead electrode assembly of claim 63, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material
67 The lead electrode assembly of claim 66, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof
68 The lead electrode assembly of claim 49, wherein the lead electrode assembly further compπses a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode
69 The lead electrode assembly of claim 68, wherein the molded cover partially covers the electrode
70 The lead electrode assembly of claim 69, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode
71. The lead electrode assembly of claim 68, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material.
72 The lead electrode assembly of claim 71 , wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
73. The lead electrode assembly of claim 68, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide are formed as part ofthe molded cover.
74. The lead electrode assembly of claim 47, wherein the electrode comprises a mesh of metallic material.
75. The lead electrode assembly of claim 74, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof.
76. The lead electrode assembly of claim 47, wherein the electrode comprises a substantially flat sheet of metallic material.
77. The lead electrode assembly of claim 76, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof.
78 The lead electrode assembly of claim 47, wherein the electrode comprises at least one surface
79 The lead electrode assembly of claim 78, wherein the electrode is substantially planar.
80 The lead electrode assembly of claim 78, wherein the said at least one surface has a surface area between approximately 100 square millimeters and approximately 2000 square millimeters
81. The lead electrode assembly of claim 47, wherein the lead electrode assembly further compπses a lead, wherein the lead is coupled to the electrode.
82. The lead electrode assembly of claim 81, wherein the lead comprises one or more electrical conductors and an electrically insulating sheath, wherein the electrically insulating sheath encloses said one or more electrical conductors
83. The lead electrode assembly of claim 81, wherein the said one or more electrical conductors are electrically coupled to the electrode.
84. The lead electrode assembly of claim 81 , wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a connector, wherein the lead comprises a proximal end and a distal end and wherein the connector is physically connected to the distal end ofthe lead.
85. The lead electrode assembly of claim 84, wherein the connector is electrically coupled to the electrode.
86. The lead electrode assembly of claim 81 , the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm in length.
87. The lead electrode assembly of claim 86, wherein the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 30 cm in length
88 The lead electrode assembly of claim 87, wherein the lead is between approximately 10 cm and approximately 20 cm in length.
89. The lead electrode assembly of claim 86, wherein the lead length is one of a plurality of pre-set lengths
90 The lead electrode assembly of claim 89, wherein the pre-set lengths vary by approximately 10 cm.
91. The lead electrode assembly of claim 81 , wherein the lead has a proximal end and a distal end and further wherein the proximal end ofthe lead is physically connected to the electrode 92 The lead electrode assembly of claim 91 , wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a lead fastener coupled between the lead and the electrode.
93. A lead electrode assembly for subcutaneous implantation in a patient's posterior thorax from an incision in the skin covering the patient's anterior thorax comprising' an electrode, a first channel guide and a second channel guide coupled to the electrode for positioning the lead electrode assembly.
94. The lead electrode assembly of claim 93, wherein the electrode is substantially planar
95. The lead electrode assembly of claim 94, wherein the at least two channel guides comprise a first channel guide and a second channel guide and wherein the first channel guide is coupled to a first side of the electrode and the second channel guide is coupled to a second side of the electrode.
96. The lead electrode assembly of claim 95, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide each comprise a strip of material.
97 The lead electrode assembly of claim 96, wherein the stπp of material comprises a polymeric material.
98. The lead electrode assembly of claim 97, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
99. The lead electrode assembly of claim 96, wherein the strip of material is coupled to the electrode with stitching
100. The lead electrode assembly of claim 96, wherein the strip of material has a rectangular shape
101. The lead electrode assembly of claim 96, wherein an inner side of the strip of material is coupled to the electrode 102 The lead electrode assembly of claim 101, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled between the inner side of the strip of material and the electrode
103 The lead electrode assembly of claim 101, wherein the electrode is substantially planar comprising a first side, a second side, a top surface and a bottom surface
104. The lead electrode assembly of claim 103, wherein the inner side of the strip of material is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface of the electrode
105 The lead electrode assembly of claim 103, wherein the inner side of the strip of material comprising the first channel guide is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface ofthe electrode on the first side ofthe electrode.
106 The lead electrode assembly of claim 105, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a backing layer, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface of the first side of the electrode and the inner side of the strip of material comprising the first channel guide
107. The lead electrode assembly of claim 106, wherein the inner side of the strip of material comprising the second channel guide is coupled to the top surface and bottom surface of the electrode on the second side ofthe electrode.
108 The lead electrode assembly of claim 107, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface ofthe second side ofthe electrode and the inner side ofthe strip of material comprising the second channel guide
109 The lead electrode assembly of claim 96, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode
1 10 The lead electrode assembly of claim 109, wherein the strip of material is attached to the molded cover
111 The lead electrode assembly of claim 1 10, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode 112 The lead electrode assembly of claim 109, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material.
1 13. The lead electrode assembly of claim 1 12, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
1 14. The lead electrode assembly of claim 95, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode
115. The lead electrode assembly of claim 1 14, wherein the molded cover partially covers the electrode
1 16. The lead electrode assembly of claim 115, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode.
117. The lead electrode assembly of claim 1 14, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material.
1 18 The lead electrode assembly of claim 117, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
119 The lead electrode assembly of claim 114, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide are formed as part ofthe molded cover
120. The lead electrode assembly of claim 93, wherein the electrode comprises a mesh of metallic material.
121. The lead electrode assembly of claim 120, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof. 122 The lead electrode assembly of claim 93, wherein the electrode comprises a substantially flat sheet of metallic material
123 The lead electrode assembly of claim 122, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof.
124. The lead electrode assembly of claim 93, wherein the electrode comprises at least one surface.
125 The lead electrode assembly of claim 124, wherein the electrode is substantially planar
126. The lead electrode assembly of claim 124, wherein the said at least one surface has a surface area between approximately 100 square millimeters and approximately 2000 square millimeters.
127. The lead electrode assembly of claim 93, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a lead, wherein the lead is coupled to the electrode.
128 The lead electrode assembly of claim 127, wherein the lead comprises one or more electrical conductors and an electrically insulating sheath, wherein the electrically insulating sheath encloses said one or more electrical conductors
J 29 The lead electrode assembly of claim 127, wherein the said one or more electrical conductors are electrically coupled to the electrode
130 The lead electrode assembly of claim 127, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a connector, wherein the lead comprises a proximal end and a distal end and wherein the connector is physically connected to the distal end of the lead
131. The lead electrode assembly of claim 130, wherein the connector is electrically coupled to the electrode
132 The lead electrode assembly of claim 127, the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm in length. 133 The lead electrode assembly of claim 132, wherein the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 30 cm in length
134 The lead electrode assembly of claim 133, wherein the lead is between approximately 10 cm and approximately 20 cm in length
135. The lead electrode assembly of claim 132, wherein the lead length is one of a plurality of pre-set lengths
136 The lead electrode assembly of claim 135, wherein the pre-set lengths vary by approximately 10 cm
137 The lead electrode assembly of claim 127, wherein the lead has a proximal end and a distal end and further wherein the proximal end of the lead is physically connected to the electrode
138 The lead electrode assembly of claim 137, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a lead fastener coupled between the lead and the electrode.
139 An implantable cardioverter-defibnllator for subcutaneous positioning between the third nb and the twelfth rib withm a patient, the implantable cardioverter-defibnllator comprising a housing, and a lead electrode assembly coupled to the housing, wherein the lead electrode assembly comprises an electrode, a first channel guide and a second channel guide coupled to the electrode for positioning the lead electrode assembly
140 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 139, wherein the electrode is substantially p'anar
141 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 140, wherein the at least two channel guides comprise a first channel guide and a second channel guide and wherein the first channel guide is coupled to a first side of the electrode and the second channel guide is coupled to a second side of the electrode
142. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 141, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide each comprise a strip of material
143. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 142, wherein the strip of material comprises a polymeric material.
144. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 143, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone
(PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
145. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 142, wherein the strip of material is coupled to the electrode with stitching
146. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 142, wherein the strip of material has a rectangular shape.
147. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 142, wherein an inner side of the strip of material is coupled to the electrode.
148. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 147, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled between the inner side ofthe strip of material and the electrode.
149 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 147, wherein the electrode is substantially planar comprising a first side, a second side, a top surface and a bottom surface
150. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 149, wherein the inner side ofthe strip of material is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface of the electrode. 151 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 149, wherein the inner side ofthe strip of material comprising the first channel guide is coupled to the top surface and the bottom surface of the electrode on the first side ofthe electrode.
152 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 151 , wherein the lead electrode assembly further compπses a backing layer, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface of the first side of the electrode and the inner side of the strip of material comprising the first channel guide
153. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 152, wherein the inner side ofthe strip of material comprising the second channel guide is coupled to the top surface and bottom surface of the electrode on the second side of the electrode.
154. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 153, wherein the backing layer is coupled between the top surface of the second side of the electrode and the inner side of the strip of material comprising the second channel guide.
155. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 142, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode.
156. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 155, wherein the strip of material is attached to the molded cover
157. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 156, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode.
158. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 155, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material.
159 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 158, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof 160 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 141 , wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a molded cover, wherein the molded cover is coupled to the electrode
161 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 160, wherein the molded cover partially covers the electrode
162 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 161, wherein the molded cover forms a skirt around the electrode
163 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 160, wherein the molded cover is composed of a polymeric material
164 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 163, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof
165 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 160, wherein the first channel guide and the second channel guide are formed as part ofthe molded cover
166 The implantable cardioverter defibrillator of claim 139, wherein the electrode comprises a mesh of metallic material
167 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 166, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof
168 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 139, wherein the electrode compπses a substantially flat sheet of metallic material
169 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 168, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof
170. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 139, wherein the electrode compπses at least one surface.
171. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 170, wherein the electrode is substantially planar
172. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 170, wherein the said at least one surface has a surface area between approximately 100 square millimeters and approximately 2000 square millimeters.
173 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 139, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a lead, wherein the lead is coupled between the electrode and the housing.
174 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 173, wherein the lead comprises one or more electrical conductors and an electrically insulating sheath, wherein the electrically insulating sheath encloses said one or more electπcal conductors.
175 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 173, wherein the said one or more electrical conductors are electrically coupled to the electrode
176 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 173, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a connector, wherein the lead comprises a proximal end and a distal end and wherein the connector is physically connected to the distal end of the lead
177. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 176, wherein the connector is electrically coupled to the electrode.
178. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 173, the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 52 cm in length.
179. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 178, wherein the lead is between approximately 5 cm and approximately 30 cm in length.
180. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 179, wherein the lead is between approximately 10 cm and approximately 20 cm in length
181 The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 180, wherein the lead length is one of a plurality of pre-set lengths.
182. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 181, wherein the pre-set lengths vary by approximately 10 cm.
183. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 173, wherein the lead has a proximal end and a distal end and further wherein the proximal end of the lead is physically connected to the electrode.
184. The implantable cardioverter-defibnllator of claim 183, wherein the lead electrode assembly further comprises a lead fastener coupled between the lead and the electrode.
185. A lead electrode assembly manipulation tool comprising- a rod; and a pair of tmes for capturing a lead electrode assembly having a first channel guide and a second channel guide, wherein the pair of tines is coupled to the rod.
186. The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein each of the pair of tines is substantially parallel to the other.
187. The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein each of the pair of tines is separated from the other by a gap.
188 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein the pair of tines is substantially straight
189 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool further comprises a tine base, wherein the tine base is connected to the rod and further wherein the tine base is connected to the pair of tmes 190 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 189, wherein each of the pair of tines comprises a proximal end and a distal end and further wherein the proximal ends of the pair of tines are attached to the tine base
191 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 190, wherein the distal end of each of the pair of tines is rounded
192 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 189, wherein the rod has a proximal end and a distal end and wherein the distal end of the rod is connected to the tme base
193 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 192, wherein the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool further comprises a handle, wherein the handle is coupled to the proximal end of the rod
194 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein the rod is curved
195 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein the pair of tines is composed a metallic material
196 The lead electrode assembly of claim 195, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof
197 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein the pair of tines is composed of a polymeric material
198 The lead electrode assembly of claim 197, wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof
199 The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein the rod is composed a metallic material
200. The lead electrode assembly of claim 199, wherein the metallic material is selected from the group consisting essentially of titanium, nickel alloys, stainless steel alloys, platinum, platinum indium, and mixtures thereof
201. The lead electrode assembly manipulation tool of claim 185, wherein the rod is composed of a polymeric material.
202. The lead electrode assembly of claim 201 , wherein the polymeric material is selected from the group consisting essentially of a polyurethane, a polyamide, a polyetheretherketone (PEEK), a polyether block amide (PEBA), a polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a sihcone, and mixtures thereof.
203. A method for surgically implanting a lead electrode assembly subcutaneously outside a patient's ribcage, the method comprising the steps of: providing a lead electrode assembly having a first channel guide and a second channel guide; providing a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool; creating a subcutaneous path outside the ribcage; capturing the lead electrode assembly with the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool; moving the lead electrode assembly through the path; and releasing the lead electrode assembly from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool.
204. The method of claim 203, wherein the step of creating a subcutaneous path outside the ribcage further comprises the steps of providing a hemostat; creating an incision in the thoracic region ofthe patient, and creating the subcutaneous path by moving the hemostat between the ribcage and the skm.
205. The method of claim 204, wherein the step of creating the subcutaneous path by moving the hemostat between the πbcage and the skm further comprises the step of: moving the hemostat laterally and posteriorly around the side of the patient until the subcutaneous path terminates at a termination point such that if a straight line were drawn from the incision to the termination point, the line would intersect the heart of the patient 206 The method of claim 204, wherein the step of creating the subcutaneous path by moving the hemostat between the nbcage and the skin further comprises the step of moving the hemostat laterally and posteriorly around the side of the patient until the subcutaneous path terminates at a termination point within 10 cm of the spine of the patient between the third and twelfth nb.
207 The method of claim 204, wherein the incision in the thoracic region of the patient is in the anterior ofthe thorax
208. The method of claim 204, wherein the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool compπses a rod and a pair of tines.
209. The method of claim 208, wherein the step of capturing the lead electrode assembly with the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool further comprises the step of: sliding one of the pair of tines of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool into each ofthe first channel guide and second channel guide ofthe lead electrode assembly
210. The method of claim 208, wherein the step of capturing the lead electrode assembly with the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool further comprises the step of: holding the lead of the lead electrode assembly still relative to the rod of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool
21 1 The method of claim 208, wherein the step of capturing the lead electrode assembly with the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool further comprises the step of holding the lead of the lead electrode assembly against the rod of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool
212 The method of claim 208, wherein the step of releasing the lead electrode assembly from the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool further comprises the step of. allowing the lead of the lead electrode assembly to move relative to the rod of the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool
213. A subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator kit for use in surgically implanting a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator and a lead electrode assembly within a patient comprising a tray, and a lead electrode assembly having a first channel guide and a second channel guide stored in the tray
214. The subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator kit of claim 213, further comprising a lead electrode assembly manipulation tool having a pair of fines, wherein the lead electrode assembly manipulation tool is stored in the tray
215. The subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator kit of claim 213, further comprising a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator, wherein the subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator is stored in the tray.
216. The subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator kit of claim 213, further comprising a medical adhesive, wherein the medical adhesive is stored in the tray.
217 The subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator kit of claim 213, further comprising an anesthetic, wherein the anesthetic is stored in the tray
218. The subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibnllator kit of claim 213, further comprising a tube of mineral oil, wherein the tube of mineral oil is stored in the tray
PCT/IB2002/003525 2000-09-18 2002-08-23 Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with highly maneuverable insertion tool WO2003018130A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/663,606 US6647292B1 (en) 2000-09-18 2000-09-18 Unitary subcutaneous only implantable cardioverter-defibrillator and optional pacer
US09/663,607 US6721597B1 (en) 2000-09-18 2000-09-18 Subcutaneous only implantable cardioverter defibrillator and optional pacer
US09/940,356 US20020035378A1 (en) 2000-09-18 2001-08-27 Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with highly maneuverable insertion tool
US09/940,356 2001-08-27

Publications (4)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003018130A2 WO2003018130A2 (en) 2003-03-06
WO2003018130A9 true WO2003018130A9 (en) 2003-06-05
WO2003018130A8 WO2003018130A8 (en) 2003-09-25
WO2003018130A3 WO2003018130A3 (en) 2003-11-27

Family

ID=27418093

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2002/003525 WO2003018130A2 (en) 2000-09-18 2002-08-23 Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with highly maneuverable insertion tool

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (2) US20020035378A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003018130A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (180)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6584362B1 (en) 2000-08-30 2003-06-24 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leads for pacing and/or sensing the heart from within the coronary veins
US6954670B2 (en) * 2001-11-05 2005-10-11 Cameron Health, Inc. Simplified defibrillator output circuit
US6778860B2 (en) 2001-11-05 2004-08-17 Cameron Health, Inc. Switched capacitor defibrillation circuit
US6866044B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2005-03-15 Cameron Health, Inc. Method of insertion and implantation of implantable cardioverter-defibrillator canisters
US20020035381A1 (en) * 2000-09-18 2002-03-21 Cameron Health, Inc. Subcutaneous electrode with improved contact shape for transthoracic conduction
US7146212B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2006-12-05 Cameron Health, Inc. Anti-bradycardia pacing for a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator
US6788974B2 (en) * 2000-09-18 2004-09-07 Cameron Health, Inc. Radian curve shaped implantable cardioverter-defibrillator canister
US6950705B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2005-09-27 Cameron Health, Inc. Canister designs for implantable cardioverter-defibrillators
US7039465B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2006-05-02 Cameron Health, Inc. Ceramics and/or other material insulated shell for active and non-active S-ICD can
US6937907B2 (en) * 2000-09-18 2005-08-30 Cameron Health, Inc. Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with low-profile installation appendage and method of doing same
US20020035377A1 (en) * 2000-09-18 2002-03-21 Cameron Health, Inc. Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with insertion tool
US6988003B2 (en) * 2000-09-18 2006-01-17 Cameron Health, Inc. Implantable cardioverter-defibrillator having two spaced apart shocking electrodes on housing
US7069080B2 (en) * 2000-09-18 2006-06-27 Cameron Health, Inc. Active housing and subcutaneous electrode cardioversion/defibrillating system
US7194302B2 (en) * 2000-09-18 2007-03-20 Cameron Health, Inc. Subcutaneous cardiac stimulator with small contact surface electrodes
US7065407B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2006-06-20 Cameron Health, Inc. Duckbill-shaped implantable cardioverter-defibrillator canister and method of use
WO2002041946A2 (en) * 2000-11-22 2002-05-30 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus for detecting and treating ventricular arrhythmia
US7797057B2 (en) * 2002-10-23 2010-09-14 Medtronic, Inc. Medical paddle lead and method for spinal cord stimulation
US7499755B2 (en) * 2002-10-23 2009-03-03 Medtronic, Inc. Paddle-style medical lead and method
US7189204B2 (en) * 2002-12-04 2007-03-13 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Sleep detection using an adjustable threshold
US7392081B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2008-06-24 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous cardiac stimulator employing post-shock transthoracic asystole prevention pacing
US20040199082A1 (en) * 2003-04-03 2004-10-07 Ostroff Alan H. Selctable notch filter circuits
US7302294B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2007-11-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous cardiac sensing and stimulation system employing blood sensor
US20040204735A1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2004-10-14 Shiroff Jason Alan Subcutaneous dissection tool incorporating pharmacological agent delivery
US7529592B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2009-05-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous electrode and lead with temporary pharmacological agents
US7349742B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2008-03-25 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Expandable fixation elements for subcutaneous electrodes
US7979122B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2011-07-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable sudden cardiac death prevention device with reduced programmable feature set
US7555335B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2009-06-30 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Biopotential signal source separation using source impedances
US20040220626A1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2004-11-04 Wagner Darrell Orvin Distributed subcutaneous defibrillation system
US7566318B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2009-07-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Ultrasonic subcutaneous dissection tool incorporating fluid delivery
US7117035B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2006-10-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous cardiac stimulation system with patient activity sensing
US7499758B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2009-03-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Helical fixation elements for subcutaneous electrodes
US7702399B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2010-04-20 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous electrode and lead with phoresis based pharmacological agent delivery
US7047071B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2006-05-16 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Patient stratification for implantable subcutaneous cardiac monitoring and therapy
US20040215240A1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2004-10-28 Lovett Eric G. Reconfigurable subcutaneous cardiac device
US7236819B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2007-06-26 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Separation of a subcutaneous cardiac signal from a plurality of composite signals
US20050004615A1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2005-01-06 Sanders Richard S. Reconfigurable implantable cardiac monitoring and therapy delivery device
US7218966B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2007-05-15 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multi-parameter arrhythmia discrimination
US7499750B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2009-03-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Noise canceling cardiac electrodes
US7865233B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2011-01-04 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous cardiac signal discrimination employing non-electrophysiologic signal
US20040220628A1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2004-11-04 Wagner Darrell Orvin Subcutaneous defibrillation timing correlated with induced skeletal muscle contraction
US20040204734A1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2004-10-14 Wagner Darrell Orvin Tunneling tool with subcutaneous transdermal illumination
US8116868B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2012-02-14 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable device with cardiac event audio playback
US7389138B2 (en) * 2003-04-11 2008-06-17 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Electrode placement determination for subcutaneous cardiac monitoring and therapy
US20040230230A1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2004-11-18 Lindstrom Curtis Charles Methods and systems involving subcutaneous electrode positioning relative to a heart
US8002553B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2011-08-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Sleep quality data collection and evaluation
US7396333B2 (en) * 2003-08-18 2008-07-08 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Prediction of disordered breathing
EP1670547B1 (en) 2003-08-18 2008-11-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Patient monitoring system
US8606356B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2013-12-10 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Autonomic arousal detection system and method
US7887493B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2011-02-15 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable device employing movement sensing for detecting sleep-related disorders
US8340779B2 (en) 2003-08-29 2012-12-25 Medtronic, Inc. Percutaneous flat lead introducer
US7437197B2 (en) * 2003-10-23 2008-10-14 Medtronic, Inc. Medical lead and manufacturing method therefor
US7657312B2 (en) 2003-11-03 2010-02-02 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multi-site ventricular pacing therapy with parasympathetic stimulation
US20060247693A1 (en) 2005-04-28 2006-11-02 Yanting Dong Non-captured intrinsic discrimination in cardiac pacing response classification
US7774064B2 (en) * 2003-12-12 2010-08-10 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Cardiac response classification using retriggerable classification windows
US8521284B2 (en) * 2003-12-12 2013-08-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Cardiac response classification using multisite sensing and pacing
US7706866B2 (en) * 2004-06-24 2010-04-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Automatic orientation determination for ECG measurements using multiple electrodes
US7805185B2 (en) * 2005-05-09 2010-09-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, In. Posture monitoring using cardiac activation sequences
US7917196B2 (en) 2005-05-09 2011-03-29 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Arrhythmia discrimination using electrocardiograms sensed from multiple implanted electrodes
US7457664B2 (en) * 2005-05-09 2008-11-25 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Closed loop cardiac resynchronization therapy using cardiac activation sequence information
US7509170B2 (en) * 2005-05-09 2009-03-24 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Automatic capture verification using electrocardiograms sensed from multiple implanted electrodes
US7797036B2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2010-09-14 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Cardiac activation sequence monitoring for ischemia detection
US7890159B2 (en) * 2004-09-30 2011-02-15 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Cardiac activation sequence monitoring and tracking
US7496408B2 (en) * 2004-12-03 2009-02-24 Medtronic, Inc. Electrodes array for a pacemaker
US7655014B2 (en) * 2004-12-06 2010-02-02 Cameron Health, Inc. Apparatus and method for subcutaneous electrode insertion
US7996072B2 (en) * 2004-12-21 2011-08-09 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Positionally adaptable implantable cardiac device
US7680534B2 (en) 2005-02-28 2010-03-16 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable cardiac device with dyspnea measurement
US7587238B2 (en) * 2005-03-11 2009-09-08 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Combined neural stimulation and cardiac resynchronization therapy
US7840266B2 (en) * 2005-03-11 2010-11-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Integrated lead for applying cardiac resynchronization therapy and neural stimulation therapy
US7493161B2 (en) 2005-05-10 2009-02-17 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. System and method to deliver therapy in presence of another therapy
US7392086B2 (en) * 2005-04-26 2008-06-24 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable cardiac device and method for reduced phrenic nerve stimulation
US8391990B2 (en) * 2005-05-18 2013-03-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Modular antitachyarrhythmia therapy system
US8644941B2 (en) 2005-06-09 2014-02-04 Medtronic, Inc. Peripheral nerve field stimulation and spinal cord stimulation
US8620435B2 (en) 2005-06-09 2013-12-31 Medtronic, Inc. Combination therapy including peripheral nerve field stimulation
US7792591B2 (en) * 2005-06-09 2010-09-07 Medtronic, Inc. Introducer for therapy delivery elements
US20070049975A1 (en) * 2005-09-01 2007-03-01 Cates Adam W Active can with dedicated defibrillation and sensing electrodes
US20070118180A1 (en) 2005-11-18 2007-05-24 Quan Ni Cardiac resynchronization therapy for improved hemodynamics based on disordered breathing detection
US20070135847A1 (en) * 2005-12-12 2007-06-14 Kenknight Bruce H Subcutaneous defibrillation system and method using same
US7761158B2 (en) * 2005-12-20 2010-07-20 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Detection of heart failure decompensation based on cumulative changes in sensor signals
US8591531B2 (en) * 2006-02-08 2013-11-26 Tyrx, Inc. Mesh pouches for implantable medical devices
EP2114298B1 (en) * 2006-02-08 2022-10-19 Medtronic, Inc. Temporarily stiffened mesh prostheses
US8200341B2 (en) 2007-02-07 2012-06-12 Cameron Health, Inc. Sensing vector selection in a cardiac stimulus device with postural assessment
US7783340B2 (en) 2007-01-16 2010-08-24 Cameron Health, Inc. Systems and methods for sensing vector selection in an implantable medical device using a polynomial approach
US20080004665A1 (en) * 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Mccabe Aaron R Determination of cardiac pacing parameters based on non-localized sensing
US8527048B2 (en) * 2006-06-29 2013-09-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Local and non-local sensing for cardiac pacing
US8209013B2 (en) * 2006-09-14 2012-06-26 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Therapeutic electrical stimulation that avoids undesirable activation
US9023114B2 (en) 2006-11-06 2015-05-05 Tyrx, Inc. Resorbable pouches for implantable medical devices
WO2008106338A2 (en) 2007-02-28 2008-09-04 Medtronic, Inc. Implantable medical device system with fixation member
US9037239B2 (en) 2007-08-07 2015-05-19 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Method and apparatus to perform electrode combination selection
US8265736B2 (en) 2007-08-07 2012-09-11 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Method and apparatus to perform electrode combination selection
CN101939051B (en) 2008-02-14 2013-07-10 心脏起搏器公司 Method and apparatus for phrenic stimulation detection
US20090259283A1 (en) * 2008-04-09 2009-10-15 Brandt Michael S Sheathed lead for pacing or defibrillation
US20160008593A1 (en) 2008-05-12 2016-01-14 Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. Peripheral nerve field stimulator curved subcutaneous introducer needle with wing attachment specification
US8321014B2 (en) * 2008-10-06 2012-11-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Dynamic cardiac resynchronization therapy by tracking intrinsic conduction
AU2011293344B2 (en) 2010-08-25 2015-07-30 Medtronic, Inc. Novel medical device coatings
EP3124074B1 (en) 2010-10-29 2020-12-02 CVRx, Inc. Improved electrode design for minimally invasive procedure
JP6397190B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2018-09-26 タイレックス・インコーポレイテッドTyrx Inc. Fixing device containing active pharmaceutical ingredients
US10905884B2 (en) 2012-07-20 2021-02-02 Cardialen, Inc. Multi-stage atrial cardioversion therapy leads
US9579065B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2017-02-28 Cameron Health Inc. Cardiac signal vector selection with monophasic and biphasic shape consideration
EP3092034B1 (en) 2014-01-10 2019-10-30 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems for detecting cardiac arrhythmias
ES2661718T3 (en) 2014-01-10 2018-04-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods and systems to improve communication between medical devices
US10226197B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2019-03-12 Medtronic, Inc. Pace pulse detector for an implantable medical device
US10448855B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2019-10-22 Medtronic, Inc. Implantable medical device (IMD) sensing modifications responsive to detected pacing pulses
US10154794B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2018-12-18 Medtronic, Inc. Implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD) tachyarrhythmia detection modifications responsive to detected pacing
US9526909B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2016-12-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Medical device with triggered blanking period
EP3253449B1 (en) 2015-02-06 2018-12-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems for safe delivery of electrical stimulation therapy
EP3827877A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2021-06-02 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems for treating cardiac arrhythmias
US10046167B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2018-08-14 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with radiopaque ID tag
WO2016141046A1 (en) 2015-03-04 2016-09-09 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and methods for treating cardiac arrhythmias
US10050700B2 (en) 2015-03-18 2018-08-14 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Communications in a medical device system with temporal optimization
WO2016149262A1 (en) 2015-03-18 2016-09-22 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Communications in a medical device system with link quality assessment
US10357159B2 (en) 2015-08-20 2019-07-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc Systems and methods for communication between medical devices
CN108136186B (en) 2015-08-20 2021-09-17 心脏起搏器股份公司 System and method for communication between medical devices
US9968787B2 (en) 2015-08-27 2018-05-15 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Spatial configuration of a motion sensor in an implantable medical device
US9956414B2 (en) 2015-08-27 2018-05-01 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Temporal configuration of a motion sensor in an implantable medical device
US10137305B2 (en) 2015-08-28 2018-11-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and methods for behaviorally responsive signal detection and therapy delivery
US10226631B2 (en) 2015-08-28 2019-03-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and methods for infarct detection
US10159842B2 (en) 2015-08-28 2018-12-25 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. System and method for detecting tamponade
WO2017044389A1 (en) 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Arrhythmia detection and confirmation
US10065041B2 (en) 2015-10-08 2018-09-04 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Devices and methods for adjusting pacing rates in an implantable medical device
US10183170B2 (en) 2015-12-17 2019-01-22 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Conducted communication in a medical device system
US10905886B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2021-02-02 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device for deployment across the atrioventricular septum
WO2017127548A1 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Devices for wirelessly recharging a rechargeable battery of an implantable medical device
US10350423B2 (en) 2016-02-04 2019-07-16 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Delivery system with force sensor for leadless cardiac device
CN108883286B (en) 2016-03-31 2021-12-07 心脏起搏器股份公司 Implantable medical device with rechargeable battery
US10328272B2 (en) 2016-05-10 2019-06-25 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Retrievability for implantable medical devices
US10668294B2 (en) 2016-05-10 2020-06-02 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless cardiac pacemaker configured for over the wire delivery
CN109414582B (en) 2016-06-27 2022-10-28 心脏起搏器股份公司 Cardiac therapy system for resynchronization pacing management using subcutaneous sensing of P-waves
WO2018009569A1 (en) 2016-07-06 2018-01-11 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Method and system for determining an atrial contraction timing fiducial in a leadless cardiac pacemaker system
US10426962B2 (en) 2016-07-07 2019-10-01 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless pacemaker using pressure measurements for pacing capture verification
US10688304B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2020-06-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Method and system for utilizing an atrial contraction timing fiducial in a leadless cardiac pacemaker system
US10391319B2 (en) 2016-08-19 2019-08-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Trans septal implantable medical device
US10780278B2 (en) 2016-08-24 2020-09-22 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Integrated multi-device cardiac resynchronization therapy using P-wave to pace timing
US10870008B2 (en) 2016-08-24 2020-12-22 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Cardiac resynchronization using fusion promotion for timing management
EP3515553B1 (en) 2016-09-21 2020-08-26 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless stimulation device with a housing that houses internal components of the leadless stimulation device and functions as the battery case and a terminal of an internal battery
US10994145B2 (en) 2016-09-21 2021-05-04 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable cardiac monitor
US10758737B2 (en) 2016-09-21 2020-09-01 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Using sensor data from an intracardially implanted medical device to influence operation of an extracardially implantable cardioverter
US10561330B2 (en) 2016-10-27 2020-02-18 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device having a sense channel with performance adjustment
US10413733B2 (en) 2016-10-27 2019-09-17 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with gyroscope
US10758724B2 (en) 2016-10-27 2020-09-01 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device delivery system with integrated sensor
JP7038115B2 (en) 2016-10-27 2022-03-17 カーディアック ペースメイカーズ, インコーポレイテッド Implantable medical device with pressure sensor
WO2018081237A1 (en) 2016-10-27 2018-05-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Use of a separate device in managing the pace pulse energy of a cardiac pacemaker
WO2018081275A1 (en) 2016-10-27 2018-05-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multi-device cardiac resynchronization therapy with timing enhancements
CN109890456B (en) 2016-10-31 2023-06-13 心脏起搏器股份公司 System for activity level pacing
WO2018081721A1 (en) 2016-10-31 2018-05-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc Systems for activity level pacing
WO2018089311A1 (en) 2016-11-08 2018-05-17 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc Implantable medical device for atrial deployment
EP3538213B1 (en) 2016-11-09 2023-04-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems and devices for setting cardiac pacing pulse parameters for a cardiac pacing device
CN109963618B (en) 2016-11-21 2023-07-04 心脏起搏器股份公司 Leadless cardiac pacemaker with multi-mode communication
WO2018093605A1 (en) 2016-11-21 2018-05-24 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless cardiac pacemaker providing cardiac resynchronization therapy
US10639486B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2020-05-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with recharge coil
US11147979B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2021-10-19 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with a magnetically permeable housing and an inductive coil disposed about the housing
US10881869B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2021-01-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Wireless re-charge of an implantable medical device
US11207532B2 (en) 2017-01-04 2021-12-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Dynamic sensing updates using postural input in a multiple device cardiac rhythm management system
EP3573706A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2019-12-04 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Intra-body device communication with redundant message transmission
WO2018140623A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2018-08-02 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless device with overmolded components
US10737102B2 (en) 2017-01-26 2020-08-11 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless implantable device with detachable fixation
US10905872B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2021-02-02 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with a movable electrode biased toward an extended position
AU2018248361B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2020-08-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Cardiac pacemaker with pacing pulse energy adjustment based on sensed heart rate
US10918875B2 (en) 2017-08-18 2021-02-16 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with a flux concentrator and a receiving coil disposed about the flux concentrator
WO2019036600A1 (en) 2017-08-18 2019-02-21 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable medical device with pressure sensor
CN111107899B (en) 2017-09-20 2024-04-02 心脏起搏器股份公司 Implantable medical device with multiple modes of operation
US11185703B2 (en) 2017-11-07 2021-11-30 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless cardiac pacemaker for bundle of his pacing
EP3717060B1 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-10-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Leadless cardiac pacemaker with reversionary behavior
CN111417433A (en) 2017-12-01 2020-07-14 心脏起搏器股份公司 Method and system for detecting atrial contraction timing reference during ventricular filling from a ventricular implanted leadless cardiac pacemaker
EP3717063B1 (en) 2017-12-01 2023-12-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Systems for detecting atrial contraction timing fiducials and determining a cardiac interval from a ventricularly implanted leadless cardiac pacemaker
EP3717059A1 (en) 2017-12-01 2020-10-07 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting atrial contraction timing fiducials within a search window from a ventricularly implanted leadless cardiac pacemaker
US11529523B2 (en) 2018-01-04 2022-12-20 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Handheld bridge device for providing a communication bridge between an implanted medical device and a smartphone
CN111556773A (en) 2018-01-04 2020-08-18 心脏起搏器股份公司 Dual chamber pacing without beat-to-beat communication
CN111936046A (en) 2018-03-23 2020-11-13 美敦力公司 VFA cardiac therapy for tachycardia
CN111886046A (en) 2018-03-23 2020-11-03 美敦力公司 AV-synchronized VFA cardiac therapy
WO2019183512A1 (en) 2018-03-23 2019-09-26 Medtronic, Inc. Vfa cardiac resynchronization therapy
EP3856331A1 (en) 2018-09-26 2021-08-04 Medtronic, Inc. Capture in ventricle-from-atrium cardiac therapy
US11951313B2 (en) 2018-11-17 2024-04-09 Medtronic, Inc. VFA delivery systems and methods
US11679265B2 (en) 2019-02-14 2023-06-20 Medtronic, Inc. Lead-in-lead systems and methods for cardiac therapy
US11697025B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2023-07-11 Medtronic, Inc. Cardiac conduction system capture
US11213676B2 (en) 2019-04-01 2022-01-04 Medtronic, Inc. Delivery systems for VfA cardiac therapy
US11712188B2 (en) 2019-05-07 2023-08-01 Medtronic, Inc. Posterior left bundle branch engagement
US11305127B2 (en) 2019-08-26 2022-04-19 Medtronic Inc. VfA delivery and implant region detection
US11813466B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2023-11-14 Medtronic, Inc. Atrioventricular nodal stimulation
US11911168B2 (en) 2020-04-03 2024-02-27 Medtronic, Inc. Cardiac conduction system therapy benefit determination
US11813464B2 (en) 2020-07-31 2023-11-14 Medtronic, Inc. Cardiac conduction system evaluation

Family Cites Families (112)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3710374A (en) * 1970-03-16 1973-01-09 Wester Instr Inc Dual-slope and analog-to-digital converter wherein two analog input signals are selectively integrated with respect to time
US3653387A (en) * 1970-05-08 1972-04-04 Cardiac Electronics Inc Protector circuit for cardiac apparatus
USRE30387E (en) * 1972-03-17 1980-08-26 Medtronic, Inc. Automatic cardioverting circuit
US3911925A (en) 1974-05-23 1975-10-14 Jr Joe B Tillery Ear trimming forceps
US4184493A (en) * 1975-09-30 1980-01-22 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Circuit for monitoring a heart and for effecting cardioversion of a needy heart
US4030509A (en) * 1975-09-30 1977-06-21 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Implantable electrodes for accomplishing ventricular defibrillation and pacing and method of electrode implantation and utilization
US4164946A (en) * 1977-05-27 1979-08-21 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Fault detection circuit for permanently implanted cardioverter
US4157720A (en) * 1977-09-16 1979-06-12 Greatbatch W Cardiac pacemaker
US4248237A (en) * 1978-03-07 1981-02-03 Needle Industries Limited Cardiac pacemakers
US4210149A (en) * 1978-04-17 1980-07-01 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Implantable cardioverter with patient communication
US4223678A (en) * 1978-05-03 1980-09-23 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Arrhythmia recorder for use with an implantable defibrillator
US4191942A (en) * 1978-06-08 1980-03-04 National Semiconductor Corporation Single slope A/D converter with sample and hold
US4270549A (en) * 1979-04-30 1981-06-02 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Method for implanting cardiac electrodes
US4291707A (en) * 1979-04-30 1981-09-29 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Implantable cardiac defibrillating electrode
US4314095A (en) * 1979-04-30 1982-02-02 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Device and method for making electrical contact
US4254775A (en) * 1979-07-02 1981-03-10 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Implantable defibrillator and package therefor
US4375817A (en) * 1979-07-19 1983-03-08 Medtronic, Inc. Implantable cardioverter
US4300567A (en) 1980-02-11 1981-11-17 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Method and apparatus for effecting automatic ventricular defibrillation and/or demand cardioversion through the means of an implanted automatic defibrillator
US4407288B1 (en) 1981-02-18 2000-09-19 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Implantable heart stimulator and stimulation method
US4693253A (en) 1981-03-23 1987-09-15 Medtronic, Inc. Automatic implantable defibrillator and pacer
US4402322A (en) * 1981-03-25 1983-09-06 Medtronic, Inc. Pacer output circuit
US4750494A (en) * 1981-05-12 1988-06-14 Medtronic, Inc. Automatic implantable fibrillation preventer
US4765341A (en) * 1981-06-22 1988-08-23 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Cardiac electrode with attachment fin
US4424818A (en) * 1982-02-18 1984-01-10 Medtronic, Inc. Electrical lead and insertion tool
US4450527A (en) * 1982-06-29 1984-05-22 Bomed Medical Mfg. Ltd. Noninvasive continuous cardiac output monitor
DE3300672A1 (en) * 1983-01-11 1984-07-12 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München HEART PACEMAKER SYSTEM
EP0134367A1 (en) * 1983-08-12 1985-03-20 Jean-Pierre Alfandari Heart pacing device comprising an epicardial electrode distinct from anchoring means
US4595009A (en) * 1984-02-06 1986-06-17 Medtronic, Inc. Protection circuit for implantable cardioverter
US4548209A (en) 1984-02-06 1985-10-22 Medtronic, Inc. Energy converter for implantable cardioverter
US4603705A (en) 1984-05-04 1986-08-05 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Intravascular multiple electrode unitary catheter
US4567900A (en) 1984-06-04 1986-02-04 Moore J Paul Internal deployable defibrillator electrode
US4727877A (en) * 1984-12-18 1988-03-01 Medtronic, Inc. Method and apparatus for low energy endocardial defibrillation
US4800883A (en) * 1986-04-02 1989-01-31 Intermedics, Inc. Apparatus for generating multiphasic defibrillation pulse waveform
US4768512A (en) * 1986-05-13 1988-09-06 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Cardioverting system and method with high-frequency pulse delivery
US4944300A (en) 1987-04-28 1990-07-31 Sanjeev Saksena Method for high energy defibrillation of ventricular fibrillation in humans without a thoracotomy
US5044374A (en) * 1987-06-18 1991-09-03 Medtronic, Inc. Medical electrical lead
US4830005A (en) * 1987-07-23 1989-05-16 Siemens-Pacesetter, Inc. Disposable in-package load test element for pacemakers
DE3825631A1 (en) * 1988-07-28 1990-02-08 Osypka Peter DEVICE FOR TRANSVENOUS OR ARTERIAL INSERTION BY MEANS OF A GUIDE WIRE
US5509923A (en) * 1989-08-16 1996-04-23 Raychem Corporation Device for dissecting, grasping, or cutting an object
US5050600A (en) * 1989-10-02 1991-09-24 Parks Lance K Cardiac pacemaker
US5215081A (en) * 1989-12-28 1993-06-01 Telectronics Pacing Systems, Inc. Method and device for measuring subthreshold defibrillation electrode resistance and providing a constant energy shock delivery
US5713926A (en) * 1990-04-25 1998-02-03 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable intravenous cardiac stimulation system with pulse generator housing serving as optional additional electrode
US5133353A (en) * 1990-04-25 1992-07-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable intravenous cardiac stimulation system with pulse generator housing serving as optional additional electrode
US5230337A (en) * 1990-06-06 1993-07-27 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Process for implanting subcutaneous defibrillation electrodes
US5203348A (en) 1990-06-06 1993-04-20 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous defibrillation electrodes
US5105810A (en) 1990-07-24 1992-04-21 Telectronics Pacing Systems, Inc. Implantable automatic and haemodynamically responsive cardioverting/defibrillating pacemaker with means for minimizing bradycardia support pacing voltages
US5109842A (en) * 1990-09-24 1992-05-05 Siemens Pacesetter, Inc. Implantable tachyarrhythmia control system having a patch electrode with an integrated cardiac activity system
US5105826A (en) * 1990-10-26 1992-04-21 Medtronic, Inc. Implantable defibrillation electrode and method of manufacture
US5531765A (en) * 1990-12-18 1996-07-02 Ventritex, Inc. Method and apparatus for producing configurable biphasic defibrillation waveforms
US5129392A (en) * 1990-12-20 1992-07-14 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus for automatically inducing fibrillation
US5405363A (en) * 1991-03-15 1995-04-11 Angelon Corporation Implantable cardioverter defibrillator having a smaller displacement volume
JP2655204B2 (en) * 1991-04-05 1997-09-17 メドトロニック インコーポレーテッド Implantable medical device
US5300106A (en) * 1991-06-07 1994-04-05 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Insertion and tunneling tool for a subcutaneous wire patch electrode
US5144946A (en) * 1991-08-05 1992-09-08 Siemens Pacesetter, Inc. Combined pacemaker substrate and electrical interconnect and method of assembly
US5191901A (en) * 1991-08-29 1993-03-09 Mieczyslaw Mirowski Controlled discharge defibrillation electrode
US5423326A (en) * 1991-09-12 1995-06-13 Drexel University Apparatus and method for measuring cardiac output
US5184616A (en) * 1991-10-21 1993-02-09 Telectronics Pacing Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for generation of varying waveforms in arrhythmia control system
US5313953A (en) * 1992-01-14 1994-05-24 Incontrol, Inc. Implantable cardiac patient monitor
JPH0621492Y2 (en) 1992-02-07 1994-06-08 日本光電工業株式会社 Defibrillator with ECG monitor
US5261400A (en) 1992-02-12 1993-11-16 Medtronic, Inc. Defibrillator employing transvenous and subcutaneous electrodes and method of use
US5306291A (en) * 1992-02-26 1994-04-26 Angeion Corporation Optimal energy steering for an implantable defibrillator
US5376103A (en) 1992-03-19 1994-12-27 Angeion Corporation Electrode system for implantable defibrillator
US5601607A (en) * 1992-03-19 1997-02-11 Angeion Corporation Implantable cardioverter defibrillator housing plated electrode
US5255692A (en) 1992-09-04 1993-10-26 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Subcostal patch electrode
ATE176404T1 (en) * 1992-09-30 1999-02-15 Cardiac Pacemakers Inc HINGED CUSHION ELECTRODE FOR CARDIAC REACH WITH A LADDER-FREE AREA THAT SERVES AS A HINGE
US5306261A (en) * 1993-01-22 1994-04-26 Misonix, Inc. Catheter with collapsible wire guide
US5697953A (en) 1993-03-13 1997-12-16 Angeion Corporation Implantable cardioverter defibrillator having a smaller displacement volume
US5366496A (en) 1993-04-01 1994-11-22 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Subcutaneous shunted coil electrode
US5411547A (en) * 1993-08-09 1995-05-02 Pacesetter, Inc. Implantable cardioversion-defibrillation patch electrodes having means for passive multiplexing of discharge pulses
US5411539A (en) * 1993-08-31 1995-05-02 Medtronic, Inc. Active can emulator and method of use
US5439485A (en) * 1993-09-24 1995-08-08 Ventritex, Inc. Flexible defibrillation electrode of improved construction
US5527346A (en) * 1993-12-13 1996-06-18 Angeion Corporation Implantable cardioverter defibrillator employing polymer thin film capacitors
US5464447A (en) * 1994-01-28 1995-11-07 Sony Corporation Implantable defibrillator electrodes
US5476503A (en) 1994-03-28 1995-12-19 Pacesetter, Inc. Sense array intelligent patch lead for an implantable defibrillator and method
US5620477A (en) * 1994-03-31 1997-04-15 Ventritex, Inc. Pulse generator with case that can be active or inactive
US5645586A (en) * 1994-07-08 1997-07-08 Ventritex, Inc. Conforming implantable defibrillator
JP3139305B2 (en) * 1994-08-24 2001-02-26 株式会社村田製作所 Capacitive acceleration sensor
US5534022A (en) * 1994-11-22 1996-07-09 Ventritex, Inc. Lead having an integrated defibrillation/sensing electrode
US5534019A (en) * 1994-12-09 1996-07-09 Ventritex, Inc. Cardiac defibrillator with case that can be electrically active or inactive
US5531766A (en) * 1995-01-23 1996-07-02 Angeion Corporation Implantable cardioverter defibrillator pulse generator kite-tail electrode system
US5509928A (en) * 1995-03-02 1996-04-23 Pacesetter, Inc. Internally supported self-sealing septum
US5607455A (en) * 1995-05-25 1997-03-04 Intermedics, Inc. Method and apparatus for automatic shock electrode enabling
US5814090A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-09-29 Angeion Corporation Implantable medical device having heat-shrink conforming shield
US5658321A (en) * 1995-06-09 1997-08-19 Ventritex, Inc. Conductive housing for implantable cardiac device
US5690683A (en) 1995-06-19 1997-11-25 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. After potential removal in cardiac rhythm management device
US5658317A (en) * 1995-08-14 1997-08-19 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Threshold templating for digital AGC
US5690685A (en) * 1995-10-27 1997-11-25 Angeion Corporation Automatic battery-maintaining implantable cardioverter defibrillator and method for use
US6014586A (en) * 1995-11-20 2000-01-11 Pacesetter, Inc. Vertically integrated semiconductor package for an implantable medical device
US5674260A (en) 1996-02-23 1997-10-07 Pacesetter, Inc. Apparatus and method for mounting an activity sensor or other component within a pacemaker using a contoured hybrid lid
US5782774A (en) * 1996-04-17 1998-07-21 Imagyn Medical Technologies California, Inc. Apparatus and method of bioelectrical impedance analysis of blood flow
US5895414A (en) * 1996-04-19 1999-04-20 Sanchez-Zambrano; Sergio Pacemaker housing
US5919211A (en) * 1996-06-27 1999-07-06 Adams; Theodore P. ICD power source using multiple single use batteries
US5643328A (en) * 1996-07-19 1997-07-01 Sulzer Intermedics Inc. Implantable cardiac stimulation device with warning system having elongated stimulation electrode
US6058328A (en) * 1996-08-06 2000-05-02 Pacesetter, Inc. Implantable stimulation device having means for operating in a preemptive pacing mode to prevent tachyarrhythmias and method thereof
US5843132A (en) 1996-10-07 1998-12-01 Ilvento; Joseph P. Self-contained, self-powered temporary intravenous pacing catheter assembly
US5766226A (en) * 1996-12-09 1998-06-16 Angeion Corporation Switched discharge pathways for ICD having multiple output capacitors
US5749911A (en) * 1997-01-24 1998-05-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Implantable tissue stimulator incorporating deposited multilayer capacitor
DK9700059U1 (en) * 1997-02-04 1998-05-04 Ralph Mathar Apparatus for use in by-pass operations and the use of such apparatus
US5776169A (en) * 1997-04-28 1998-07-07 Sulzer Intermedics Inc. Implantable cardiac stimulator for minimally invasive implantation
US5836976A (en) 1997-04-30 1998-11-17 Medtronic, Inc. Cardioversion energy reduction system
US5941904A (en) * 1997-09-12 1999-08-24 Sulzer Intermedics Inc. Electromagnetic acceleration transducer for implantable medical device
US6056722A (en) * 1997-09-18 2000-05-02 Iowa-India Investments Company Limited Of Douglas Delivery mechanism for balloons, drugs, stents and other physical/mechanical agents and methods of use
US5925069A (en) * 1997-11-07 1999-07-20 Sulzer Intermedics Inc. Method for preparing a high definition window in a conformally coated medical device
US5919222A (en) * 1998-01-06 1999-07-06 Medtronic Inc. Adjustable medical electrode lead
US6345198B1 (en) * 1998-01-23 2002-02-05 Pacesetter, Inc. Implantable stimulation system for providing dual bipolar sensing using an electrode positioned in proximity to the tricuspid valve and programmable polarity
US6185450B1 (en) * 1998-01-26 2001-02-06 Physio-Control Manufacturing Corporation Digital sliding pole fast-restore for an electrocardiograph display
US6026325A (en) * 1998-06-18 2000-02-15 Pacesetter, Inc. Implantable medical device having an improved packaging system and method for making electrical connections
US6266567B1 (en) * 1999-06-01 2001-07-24 Ball Semiconductor, Inc. Implantable epicardial electrode
US6278894B1 (en) * 1999-06-21 2001-08-21 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Multi-site impedance sensor using coronary sinus/vein electrodes
US6411844B1 (en) * 1999-10-19 2002-06-25 Pacesetter, Inc. Fast recovery sensor amplifier circuit for implantable medical device
US6721597B1 (en) * 2000-09-18 2004-04-13 Cameron Health, Inc. Subcutaneous only implantable cardioverter defibrillator and optional pacer
US6856835B2 (en) * 2000-09-18 2005-02-15 Cameron Health, Inc. Biphasic waveform for anti-tachycardia pacing for a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20020035378A1 (en) 2002-03-21
US7302300B2 (en) 2007-11-27
WO2003018130A8 (en) 2003-09-25
WO2003018130A2 (en) 2003-03-06
US20040186529A1 (en) 2004-09-23
WO2003018130A3 (en) 2003-11-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6937907B2 (en) Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with low-profile installation appendage and method of doing same
US8660668B2 (en) Lead fastener
US7302300B2 (en) Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with highly maneuverable insertion tool
US7299097B2 (en) Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with insertion tool
US7239925B2 (en) Subcutaneous electrode for transthoracic conduction with improved installation characteristics
US7090682B2 (en) Method and apparatus for extraction of a subcutaneous electrode
US7720536B2 (en) Power supply for an implantable subcutaneous cardioverter-defibrillator
US8831720B2 (en) Method of implanting and using a subcutaneous defibrillator
US8412320B2 (en) Nontransvenous and nonepicardial methods of cardiac treatment and stimulus
US7463924B2 (en) Methods for determining placement of an implantable cardiac stimulus device
US20020095184A1 (en) Monophasic waveform for anti-tachycardia pacing for a subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TZ UA UG UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC PT SE SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
COP Corrected version of pamphlet

Free format text: PAGES 1/71-71/71, DRAWINGS, REPLACED BY NEW PAGES 1/37-37/37

CFP Corrected version of a pamphlet front page
CR1 Correction of entry in section i

Free format text: IN PCT GAZETTE 10/2003 UNDER (72) IN THE ADDRESS OF "CAPPATO, RICCARDO" REPLACE "VIA FLUVIO TESTI, 22" BY "VIA FULVIO TESTI, 22"

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: JP